Database-SQL-RDBMS HOW-TO document for Linux (PostgreSQL Object Rela� tional Database System) Al Dev (Alavoor Vasudevan) aldev@hotmail.com v4.0, 21 December 1997 This document is a "practical guide" to very quickly setup a SQL Database engine and front end tools on a Unix system. It also dis� cusses the International standard language ANSI/ISO SQL and reviews about the merits/advantages of the SQL database engine developed by the world-wide internet in an "open development" environment. It is about HOW-TO setup a next generation Object Relational SQL Database "PostgreSQL" on Unix system which can be used as Application Database Server or as Web Database Server. PostgreSQL implements subset of International standard ISO and ANSI SQL 1998,92,89. This document also gives information on the interface programs for the database like Front End GUIs, RAD tools (Rapid Application Development), programming languages interfaces ("C", "C++", Java, Perl), ODBC, JDBC drivers and Web Database Tools and Interface programs. Information given here applies to all Unix platforms and other databases and will be very useful for people who are new to Databases, SQL language and Post� greSQL. This document also has SQL tutorial, SQL syntax which would be very helpful for beginners. Experienced people will find this docu� ment useful as a handy reference guide. For students, the information given here will enable them to get the source code for PostgreSQL relational database system, from which they can learn how a RDBMS SQL database engine is written. 1. Introduction Each and every computer system in the world needs a database to store/retrieve the information. Without a database, a computer can become useless. The primary reason you use the computer is to store, retrieve and process information and do all these very quickly, thereby saving you time. At the same time the system must be simple, robust, fast, reliable, economical and very easy to use. The most popular database systems are based on the International Standard Organisation (ISO) SQL specifications which are also based on ANSI SQL (American) standards. Current specifications generally used are ANSI SQL 92 and ANSI SQL 89. Upcoming standard is the SQL 1998/99 which is also called SQL-3. Popular database like Oracle, Sybase and Informix systems are based on these standards or are trying to implement these standards. As given in this document, there are more than 20 varieties of commercial/internet database systems which are being used in the world and many more will be coming in the near future. Without a standard like ANSI/ISO SQL, it would be very difficult for the customer to develop a application once and run on all the database systems. Today's customer wants to develop an application once using ISO SQL, ODBC, JDBC and sell it to be used on all varieties of database systems in the world. The world's most popular FREE Database which implements some of the ISO SQL, ANSI SQL/98, SQL/92 and ANSI SQL/89 RDBMS is PostgreSQL. PostgreSQL is next generation Object relational database and the future ANSI SQL standards like SQL 1998 (SQL-3) and beyond will increasingly deal with Object databases and Object data types. PostgreSQL is the only free RDBMS in the world which supports Object databases and SQL. This document will tell you how-to install the database and also all the packages related to databases, how to set up the Web database, application database, front end GUIs and interface programs. It is strongly advised that you MUST write your database applications 100 % compliant to standards of ISO/ANSI SQL, ODBC, JDBC so that your application is portable across multiple databases like PostgreSQL, Oracle, Sybase, Informix etc. You get the highest quality, and lot many features with PostgreSQL as it follows 'Open Systems development model'. Open systems is the one where the complete source code is given to you and the development takes place on the internet by a extremely large network of human brains. Future trend foresees that most of the software development will take place on the so called "Information Super-Highway" which spans the whole globe. In the coming years, internet growth will be explosive which will further fuel rapid adoption of PostgreSQL by customers. Applying the principles of physics (quantum, classical, thermodynamics), mathematics and statistics to software quality, you get the highest quality of software only in a 'Open Systems' like PostgreSQL by opening the source code to a very vast number of human brains interconnected by the information super-highway. Greater the number of human brains working, the better will be the quality of software. Open Systems model will also prevent re-invention of wheels, eliminates duplication of work and will be very economical, saves time in distribution and follows the modern economic laws of optimizing the national and global resources. As we will be entering the 21st century, there will be a change in the way that you get software for your use. Customers will give first preference for the open systems software like PostgreSQL. Buying software MAY become a thing of the past. You only need to buy good hardware, it is worth spending money on the hardware and get the software from internet. Important point is that it is the computer hardware which is doing bulk of the work(99 %). Hardware is the real work horse and software is just a minor contributor. That is, work done by the software is insignificant as compared to that of the computer hardware. Computer hardware is so much more complex that only 6 out of 180 countries in the world so far have demonstrated the capability of designing and manufacturing computer chips/hardware. Manufacturing computer chips is a super-high technology and is a very complex process, capital intensive requiring large investments in plant and production machines which deal with 0.25 micron technology, billions of transistors/circuits which are densely packed on a small silicon chip, which to date even many of the developed countries cannot afford to manufacture! Companies like AMD, Intel, Cyrix, Hitachi, IBM and others spent billions of man-years to master the high-technology like Micro-electronics and Nano-electronics. Micro means (one-millionth of centimeter), Nano means (one-billionth of centimeter). Current technology uses micro-electronics of about 0.35 micron using aluminum as conductors, 0.25 micron sizes using copper as conductors of electrons. In near future the technology of 0.10 micron with copper and even nano-electronics will be used to make computer chips. As you can see, it is hardware that is high technology and important and software is a low technology and is NOT as important. Hence, manufacturing hardware/hard-goods is vital for national economy! Companies like Compaq, Dell, Sun Microsystems, HP, IBM who manufacture computers are major contributors to U.S economy today and in the future!! On other hand, each and every country in the world develops/makes software. In fact, any person in this world with a small low-cost PC can create a Oracle database server system!! But it would take him about 20 years (Oracle database server is over some 20 man-years). One man-year is one person working full-time for one full year. If 20 people work for a year than it is 20 man-years spent. Databases like Oracle, Informix, Sybase, IBM DB2 are written in nothing but 100% "C" language and binaries are created by compiling the source and than shipped to customers. Since a lot of work had been done on PostgreSQL for the past 12 years, it does not make sense to re-create from scratch another database which satisfies ANSI/ISO SQL. It will be a great advantage to take the existing code and add missing features or enhancements to PostgreSQL and start using it immediately. PostgreSQL is not just a free database but it is a 'Internet Product' and demands due respect and appreciation from one and all. Prediction is that demand for "Made By Internet" products will grow exponentially as it is capable of maintaining a high quality, low cost, extremely large user-base and developer-base. Those nations who do not use the 'Made By Internet' products will be seriously missing "World-wide Internet Revolution" and will be left far behind other countries. 2. Other Formats of this Document This document is published in 10 different formats namely - DVI, Postscript, Latex, LyX, GNU-info, HTML, RTF(Rich Text Format), Plain- text, Unix man pages and SGML. � You can get this HOWTO document as a single file tar ball in HTML, DVI, Postscript or SGML formats from - <ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/other-formats/> � Plain text format is in: <ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO> � Translations to other languages like French, German, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese are in <ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO> Any help from you to translate to other languages is welcome. The document is written using a tool called "SGML tool" which can be got from - <http://www.xs4all.nl/~cg/sgmltools/> Compiling the source you will get the following commands like � sgml2html databasehowto.sgml (to generate html file) � sgml2rtf databasehowto.sgml (to generate RTF file) � sgml2latex databasehowto.sgml (to generate latex file) This document is located at - � <http://sunsite.unc.edu/LDP/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html> Also you can find this document at the following mirrors sites - � <http://www.caldera.com/LDP/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html> � <http://www.WGS.com/LDP/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html> � <http://www.cc.gatech.edu/linux/LDP/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html> � <http://www.redhat.com/linux-info/ldp/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html> � Other mirror sites near you (network-address-wise) can be found at <http://sunsite.unc.edu/LDP/hmirrors.html> select a site and go to directory /LDP/HOWTO/Database-HOWTO.html In order to view the document in dvi format, use the xdvi program. The xdvi program is located in tetex-xdvi*.rpm package in Redhat Linux which can be located through ControlPanel | Applications | Publishing | TeX menu buttons. To read dvi document give the command - xdvi -geometry 80x90 howto.dvi And resize the window with mouse. See man page on xdvi. To navigate use Arrow keys, Page Up, Page Down keys, also you can use 'f', 'd', 'u', 'c', 'l', 'r', 'p', 'n' letter keys to move up, down, center, next page, previous page etc. To turn off expert menu press 'x'. You can read postscript file using the program 'gv' (ghostview) or The ghostscript program is in ghostscript*.rpm package and gv program is in gv*.rpm package in Redhat Linux which can be located through ControlPanel | Applications | Graphics menu buttons. The gv program is much more user friendly than ghostscript. To read postscript document give the command - gv howto.ps To use ghostscript give - ghostscript howto.ps You can read HTML format document using Netscape Navigator, Microsoft Internet explorer, Redhat Baron Web browser or any of the 10 other web browsers. 3. Laws of Physics applies to Software! Laws of science (Physics) applies everywhere, all the time, to anything that you do and even to software projects like database systems. Physics is in action even while you are talking (sound waves), walking (friction between ground and your feet), sleeping or writing software. Every software developer/user must have a very basic and minimum understanding of the science - namely Physics, Quantum Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Statistics and Mathematics. It is suggested you give atleast one reading to a "Introductory/Basic" textbook on the above subjects. As per science, it is impossible to build a database software system which will be 100 % perfect and bug free. But by combining the energies of millions of people around the world via internet it is possible to achieve a near perfect database software system. Individually, the energy of each person will be minute, but by networking a large number of people, the total energy will be huge which can be focused on a project to generate a perfect system. It is very clear that internet can network a vast number of people, which implies internet can produce high quality software products. Science would like every software developer and end-user not to be narrow-single-track minded but to be open and give a chance to "The Internet Products" like PostgreSQL, Linux, etc.. 4. What is PostgreSQL ? PostgreSQL Version 6.2.1 patch level 3 is a free database, complete source code is given to you and is a Object-Relational Database System near compliant (getting closer) with ANSI SQL1998,92,89 and runs on diverse hardware platforms and Operating systems. Sometimes emergency bug fix patches are released after the GA release of PostgreSQL. You can apply these optional patches depending upon the needs of your application. Follow these steps to apply the patches - cd "To postgresql source directory" patch < "Specify a patch file here" make clean make The ultimate objective and the final goal of PostgreSQL is to become 100 % compliant to ANSI/ISO SQL and also to become the number ONE open generic Database in the world. PostgreSQL will also guide, steer, control, monitor and dictate the future of ANSI/ISO SQL. That is, the implementation and ideas first take place in PostgreSQL and than latter be incorporated into the ANSI/ISO SQL. PostgreSQL is the "state of the art" technology database. Informix Universal server (released 1997) is based on earlier version of PostgreSQL because Informix bought Illustra Inc. and integrated with Informix. Illustra database was completely based on Postgres (earlier version of PostgreSQL). PostgreSQL is an enhancement of the POSTGRES database management system, a next-generation DBMS research prototype. While PostgreSQL retains the powerful data model and rich data types of POSTGRES, it replaces the PostQuel query language with an extended subset of SQL. PostgreSQL development is being performed by a team of Internet developers who all subscribe to the PostgreSQL development mailing list. The current coordinator is Marc G. Fournier scrappy@postgreSQL.org . This team is now responsible for all current and future development of PostgreSQL. The authors of PostgreSQL 1.01 were Andrew Yu and Jolly Chen. Many others have contributed to the porting, testing, debugging and enhancement of the code. The original Postgres code, from which PostgreSQL is derived, was the effort of many graduate students, undergraduate students, and staff programmers working under the direction of Professor Michael Stonebraker at the University of California, Berkeley. The original name of the software at Berkeley was Postgres. When SQL functionality was added in 1995, its name was changed to Postgres95. The name was changed at the end of 1996 to PostgreSQL. Millions of PostgreSQL is installed as Database servers, Web database servers and Application data servers. It is much more advanced and is a object oriented relational database (ORDBMS). PostgreSQL can store more data types than traditional datatypes like integer, characters, etc. - you get to create user-defined types, functions, inheritance etc. (Version 7.0 will make these capabilities even more advanced). PostgreSQL runs on Solaris, SunOS, HPUX, AIX, Linux, Irix, Digital Unix, BSDi,NetBSD, FreeBSD, SCO unix, NEXTSTEP, Unixware and all and every flavor of Unix. Port to Windows 95/NT is underway. � Title: PostgreSQL SQL RDBMS Database (Object Relational Database Management System) � Current Version: 6.2.1 patch level 3 � Age: PostgreSQL is 12 years old. Developed since 1985 � Authors: Developed by millions/universities/companies on internet for the past 12 YEARS 5. Where to get it ? You can buy Redhat 4.2 Linux CDROM, Debian Linux CDROM or Slackware Linux CDROM which already contains the postgresql in rpm package (both source code and binaries) from : � Linux System Labs Web site: <http://www.lsl.com/> 7 (U.S. dollars) � Cheap Bytes Inc Web site: <http://www.cheapbytes.com/> 7 (U.S. dollars) � Debian Main Web site contact: Oliver.Elphick@lfix.co.uk In near future PostgreSQL organisation will be selling 'PostgreSQL CDROM' which will contain the complete source code and binaries for all the Unix operating systems. Binaries only distribution of PostgreSQL: � You can run PostgreSQL without compiling the source. Get binaries for Intel-Linux from <http://www.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/> file is postgresql-6.2-3.i386.rpm. This is in the redhat package 'rpm' format and it contains both source and binaries for PostgreSQL. � Binaries site for Solaris, HPUX, AIX, IRIX, Linux : <ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/bindist> If you compile on any platform please upload to site, so that it will be useful for others. � ftp site : Get binaries for Intel-Linux from <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/> file is postgresql-6.2-3.i386.rpm. This is in the redhat package 'rpm' format and it contains both source and binaries for PostgreSQL. WWW Web sites: � Primary Web site: <http://www.postgresql.org/> � Secondary Web site: <http://logical.thought.net/postgres95/> � <http://www.itm.tu-clausthal.de/mirrors/postgres95/> � <http://s2k-ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:8000/postgres95/> � <http://xenium.pdi.net/PostgreSQL/> � <http://s2k-ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:8000/postgres95/> The ftp sites are listed below :- � Primary FTP: <ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub> � Secondary FTP: <ftp://ftp.chicks.net/pub/postgresql> � <ftp://ftp.emsi.priv.at/pub/postgres/> � <ftp://ftp.itm.tu-clausthal.de/pub/mirrors/postgres95> � <ftp://rocker.sch.bme.hu/pub/mirrors/postgreSQL> � <ftp://ftp.jaist.ac.jp/pub/dbms/postgres95> � <ftp://ftp.luga.or.at/pub/postgres95> � <ftp://postgres95.vnet.net:/pub/postgres95> � <ftp://ftpza.co.za/mirrors/postgres> � <ftp://sunsite.auc.dk/pub/databases/postgresql> � <ftp://ftp.task.gda.pl/pub/software/postgresql> � <ftp://xenium.pdi.net/pub/PostgreSQL> PostgreSQL source code is also available at all the mirror sites of sunsite unc (total of about 1000 sites around the globe). It is inside the Red Hat Linux distribution in /pub/contrib/i386/postgresql.rpm file. � For list of mirror sites go to <ftp://sunsite.unc.edu> 6. PostgreSQL Supports Extremely Large Databases greater than 200 Gig Performance of 32-bit cpu machines will rapidly decline when the database size exceed 5 gig. You can run 30 gig database on 32-bit cpu but it will not be very effective. There is limitation imposed on the amount of RAM (maximum of 2 gig only), limitation on the file system sizes and also on the operating system. The operating system on 32-bit cpu will be "bumping it's head" too many times on the "32-bit ceiling". If you need to use extremely large databases (greater than 5 gigabytes), it is strongly advised that you use 64-bit machines like Digital Alpha cpu, Sun Ultra-sparc 64-bit cpu, Silicon graphics 64-bit cpu, upcoming Intel Merced IA-64 cpu, HPUX 64bit machines, IBM 64-bit machines. Compile PostgreSQL under 64-bit cpu and it can support huge databases and large queries. Performance of PostgreSQL for queries on large tables and databases will be several times faster than PostgreSQL on 32-bit cpu machines. Advantage of 64-bit machines are that you get very large memory addressing space and the operating system can support very large file-systems, provide better performance with large databases, support much larger memory(RAM), have more capabilities etc.. 7. How can I trust PostgreSQL ? Regression Test Package builds cus� tomer confidence Regression test package (src/test/regress) is included in the distribution and let your computer do the verification for standard SQL operations as well as the extensibility capabilities of PostgreSQL. Advantage is that computer can rapidly run millions of SQL tests in a very short time. The speed of computer is about one billion times faster than human brain! In near future the speed of computer will be several zillion times faster than human brain! Hence, it makes sense to use the power of computer to validate the software instead of using the human brain power. The test package already contains hundreds of SQL test programs. You can start the regression test (relax and have a cooldrink!) and come back take a glance at the output results and you are done! It is that simple and easy. You can add more tests just in case you need to, and can upload to the primary PostgreSQL web site if you feel that it will be useful to others on internet. Regression test package helps build customer confidence and trust in PostgreSQL and facilitates rapid deployment of PostgreSQL on production systems without any major worries. Regression test package can be taken as a "very solid" technical specification mutually agreed upon document between the developers and end-users. PostgreSQL developers extensively use the regression test package during development period and also before releasing the software to public to ensure good quality. 8. GUI FrontEnd Tool for PostgreSQL (Graphical User Interface) PostgreSQL has TCL/TK interface library in the distribution called 'pgtcl'. TCL/TK is a Rapid Application Development tool and is a very powerful scripting language. Develop once and run it everywhere on NT, Win 95, Linux, OS/2 and all unixes! TCL/TK is also widely used as a Internet script language. So you will have only one language for all your needs - applications and internet. TCL stands for 'Tool Command Language' and TK is 'Tool Kit'. There is a IDE (integrated development environment) for TCL/TK called SpecTCL. Check for this rpm package under Redhat linux distribution or at the sunscript site given below. TCL/TK is usually shipped with every linux cdrom. Also you can get it from these sites - � <http://sunscript.sun.com/> � <http://sunscript.sun.com/TclTkCore/> � <ftp://ftp.sunlabs.com/pub/tcl/tcl8.0a2.tar.Z> � Reference text book: Many textbooks on TCL/TK are available in the market. � Visual TCL <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/visualtcl*.rpm> 9. Integrated Development Environment Tools for PostgreSQL (GUI IDE) Check out the following development tools which you can use in conjunction with ODBC/JDBC drivers. These are similar to Borland C++ Builder, Borland JBuilder. Vibe is a Java and C++ IDE (Integrated Development Environment) that won Unix Review's IDE of the year. This 800 US dollars product is available for Linux at a very special low price 79 US dollars for a limited time. Check it out! This is a developer's dream. � More information on Vibe at <http://www.LinuxMall.com/products/00487.html> You can also use Borland C++ Builder, Delphi, Borland JBuilder, PowerBuilder on Windows95 connecting to PostgreSQL on unix box through ODBC/JDBC drivers. Free of cost IDE Tools - Check the CDROM of redhat linux distribution. � FreeBuilder <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/free*.rpm> � SpecTCL <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/spec*.rpm> � JccWarrior <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/jcc*.rpm> � Applixware Tool <http://www.redhat.com> � XWPE X Windows Programming Environment <http://www.rpi.edu/~payned/xwpe/> <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/xwpe*.rpm> � XWB X Windows Work Bench <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/xwb*.rpm> � NEdit <ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/i386/nedit*.rpm> 10. Kanchenjunga - Java RAD Tool for PostgreSQL Kanchenjunga is a Java Rapid Application Tool for PostgreSQL. You can use this tool to develop rapidly the java application interfacing PostgreSQL. � <http://www.man.ac.uk/~whaley/kj/kanch.html> 11. Interface Drivers for PostgreSQL 11.1. ODBC Drivers for PostgreSQL ODBC stands for 'Open DataBase Connectivity' is a popular standard for accessing information from various databases from different vendors. Applications written using the ODBC drivers are guaranteed to work with various databases like PostgreSQL, Oracle, Sybase, Informix etc.. � <http://www.openlinksw.com> Open Link Software Corporation is selling ODBC for PostgreSQL and other databases. Open Link also is giving away free ODBC (limited seats) check them out. � <http://stud1.tuwien.ac.at/~e9025461/> This is the primary PostODBC (PostgreSQL ODBC) site. Unfortunately it has proved to be rather slow for sites that are not located in Austria. � <http://www.MageNet.com/postodbc/DOC> This mirror is maintained by Julia Anne Case who is also a major PostODBC developer. There is an interesting project called the FreeODBC Pack Package . There's no PostgreSQL Version there, maybe you can help. � <http://www.ids.net/~bjepson/freeODBC/> This is a cost free version of ODBC. 11.2. UDBC Drivers for PostgreSQL UDBC is a static version of ODBC independent of driver managers and DLL support, used to embed database connectivity support directly into applications. � <http://www.openlinksw.com> Open Link Software Corporation is selling UDBC for PostgreSQL and other databases. Open Link also is giving away free UDBC (limited seats) check them out. 11.3. JDBC Drivers for PostgreSQL JDBC stands for 'Java DataBase Connectivity'. Java is a platform independent programming language developed by Sun Microsystems. Java programmers are encouraged to write database applications using the JDBC to facilitate portability across databases like PostgreSQL, Oracle, informix, etc. If you write Java applications you can get JDBC drivers for PostgreSQL from the following sites: JDBC driver is already included in the PostgreSQL distribution. � <http://www.demon.co.uk/finder/postgres/index.html> Sun's Java connectivity to PostgreSQL � <ftp://ftp.ai.mit.edu/people/rst/rst-jdbc.tar.gz> � <http://www.openlinksw.com> Open Link Software Corporation is selling JDBC for PostgreSQL and other databases. Open Link also is giving away free JDBC (limited seats) check them out. 11.4. Java Classes for PostgreSQL Java programmers can find these classes for PostgreSQL very useful. � <ftp://www.blackdown.org/pub/Java/Java-Postgres95> � <http://www.blackdown.org> 12. Perl Database Interface (DBI) Driver for PostgreSQL 12.1. Perl 5 interface for PostgreSQL It is included in the distribution of PostgreSQL. Check in src/pgsql_perl5 directory. � Email: E.Mergl@bawue.de � Another source from - � Perl Home page : 12.2. WHAT IS DBI ? The Perl Database Interface (DBI) is a database access Application Programming Interface (API) for the Perl Language. The Perl DBI API specification defines a set of functions, variables and conventions that provide a consistent database interface independent of the actual database being used. 12.3. Announcement DBD-Pg-0.63 DBI driver for PostgreSQL On its way to CPAN is DBD-Pg-0.63.tar.gz. Since the last public release the following changes have been made: - - adapted to PostgreSQL-6.2: o $ sth->rows as well as $ sth->execute and $ sth->do return the number of affected rows even for non-Select statements. o support for password authorization added, please check the man-page for pg_passwd. - - the data_source parameter of the connect method accepts two additional parameters which are treated as host and port: DBI->connect("dbi:Pg:dbname:host:port", "uid", "pwd") - - support for AutoCommit, please read the module documentation for impacts on your scripts ! - - more perl-ish handling of data type bool, please read the module documentation for impacts on your scripts ! for further information see: 12.4. Release Notes and ReadMe file #--------------------------------------------------------- # # $Id: README,v 1.10 1997/10/05 18:25:55 mergl Exp $ # # Portions Copyright (c) 1994,1995,1996,1997 Tim Bunce # Portions Copyright (c) 1997 Edmund Mergl # #--------------------------------------------------------- ********************************************************** * * * This release makes changes which are * * INCOMPATIBLE * * ------------ * * to previous releases. * * * * Please check the module documentation * * for the attribute AutoCommit * * and for the data type bool. * * * ********************************************************** DESCRIPTION: ------------ This is version 0.63 of DBD-Pg. DBD-Pg is a PostgreSQL interface for Perl 5 using DBI. For further information about DBI look at: COPYRIGHT: ---------- You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public License or the Artistic License, as specified in the Perl README file. IF YOU HAVE PROBLEMS: --------------------- Please send comments and bug-reports to E.Mergl@bawue.de Please include the output of perl -v, and perl -V, the version of PostgreSQL, the version of DBD-Pg, and the version of DBI in your bug- report. REQUIREMENTS: ------------- - build, test and install Perl 5 (at least 5.002) - build, test and install the DBI module (at least 0.89) - build, test and install PostgreSQL (at least 6.2) PLATFORMS: ---------- This release of DBD-Pg has been developed using Linux 2.0 with dynamic loading for the perl extensions. Let me know, if there are any problems with other platforms. INSTALLATION: ------------- The Makefile checks the environment variable POSTGRES_HOME as well some standard locations, to find the root directory of your Postgres installation. 1. perl Makefile.PL 2. make 3. make test 4. make install ( 1. to 3. as normal user, not as root ! ) TESTING: -------- Run 'make test'. Note, that the user running this script must have been created with the access rights to create databases *AND* users ! Do not run this script as root ! If testing fails with the message 'login failed', please check if access to the database template1 as well as pgperltest is not protected in pg_hba.conf. If you are using the shared library libpq.so check if your dynamic loader finds libpq.so. With Linux the command /sbin/ldconfig -v should tell you, where it finds libpq.so. If ldconfig does not find libpq.so, either add an appropriate entry to /etc/ld.so.conf and re-run ldconfig or add the path to the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH. A typical error message resulting from not finding libpq.so is: install_driver(Pg) failed: Can't load './blib/arch/auto/DBD/Pg/Pg.so' for module DBD::Pg: File not found at Some linux distributions have an incomplete perl installation. If you have compile errors like "XS_VERSION_BOOTCHECK undeclared", make a If this file is not present, you need to recompile and reinstall perl. SGI users: if you get segmentation faults make sure, you use the malloc which comes with perl when compiling perl (the default is not to). "David R. Noble" drnoble@engsci.sandia.gov drnoble@engsci.sandia.gov --------------------------------------------------------------------------- E.Mergl@bawue.de October 05, 1997 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12.5. FAQ for DBI Below is the Frequently Asked question FAQ for DBI. The main web page is at <http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI> DBI Frequently Asked Questions v.0.35 Last updated: June 20th, 1997 * NAME * SYNOPSIS * VERSION * DESCRIPTION * Basic Information & Information Sources * 1.1 What is DBI, DBperl, Oraperl and *perl? * 1.2. Where can I get it from? * 1.3. Where can I get more information? * Compilation Problems * 2.1. Compilation problems or "It fails the test!" * Platform and Driver Issues * 3.1 What's the difference between ODBC and DBI? * 3.2 Is DBI supported under Windows 95 / NT platforms? * 3.3 Can I access Microsoft Access or SQL-Server databases with DBI? * 3.4 Is the a DBD for >? * 3.5 What's DBM? And why should I use DBI instead? * 3.6 When will mSQL-2 be supported? * 3.7 What database do you recommend me using? * 3.8 Is > supported in DBI? * Programming Questions * 4.1 Is DBI any use for CGI programming? * 4.2 How do I get faster connection times with DBD::Oracle and CGI? * 4.3 How do I get persistent connections with DBI and CGI? * 4.4 ``When I run a perl script from the command line, it works, but, when I run it under the C, it fails!'' Why? * 5.1 Can I do multi-threading with DBI? * 5.2 How do I handle BLOB data with DBI? * 5.3 How can I invoke stored procedures with DBI? * 5.4 How can I get return values from stored procedures with DBI? * 5.5 How can I create or drop a database with DBI? * 5.6 How can I C or C a statement with DBI? * 5.7 How are C values handled by DBI? * 5.8 What are these C methods all about? * Support and Training * Commercial Support * Training * Other References * AUTHOR ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- NAME DBI::FAQ -- The Frequently Asked Questions for the Perl5 Database Interface ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- SYNOPSIS perldoc DBI::FAQ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- VERSION This document is currently at version 0.35, as of June 20th, 1997. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION This document serves to answer the most frequently asked questions on both the DBI Mailing Lists and personally to members of the DBI development team. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Basic Information & Information Sources ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1 What is DBI, DBperl, Oraperl and *perl? To quote Tim Bunce, the architect and author of DBI: ``DBI is a database access Application Programming Interface (API) for the Perl Language. The DBI API Specification defines a set of functions, variables and conventions that provide a consistent database interface independent of the actual database being used.'' In simple language, the DBI interface allows users to access multiple database types transparently. So, if you connecting to an Oracle, Informix, mSQL, Sybase or whatever database, you don't need to know the underlying mechanics of the 3GL layer. The API defined by DBI will work on all these database types. A similar benefit is gained by the ability to connect to two different databases of different vendor within the one perl script, ie, I want to read data from an Oracle database and insert it back into an Informix database all within one program. The DBI layer allows you to do this simply and powerfully. Here's a diagram that demonstrates the principle: [ DBI Architecture ] DBperl is the old name for the interface specification. It's usually now used to denote perl4 modules on database interfacing, such as, oraperl, isqlperl, ingperl and so on. These interfaces didn't have a standard API and are generally not supported. Here's a list of DBperl modules, their corresponding DBI counterparts and support information. Please note, the author's listed here generally do not maintain the DBI module for the same database. These email addresses are unverified and should only be used for queries concerning the perl4 modules listed below. DBI driver queries should be directed to the dbi-users mailing list. Module Name Database Required Author DBI ----------- ----------------- ------ --- Sybperl Sybase Michael Peppler DBD::Sybase <mpeppler@itf.ch> Oraperl Oracle 6 & 7 Kevin Stock DBD::Oracle <dbi-users@fugue.com> Ingperl Ingres Tim Bunce & DBD::Ingres Ted Lemon <dbi-users@fugue.com> Interperl Interbase Buzz Moschetti DBD::Interbase <buzz@bear.com> Uniperl Unify 5.0 Rick Wargo None <rickers@coe.drexel.edu> Pgperl Postgres Igor Metz DBD::Pg <metz@iam.unibe.ch> Btreeperl NDBM John Conover SDBM? <john@johncon.com> Ctreeperl C-Tree John Conover None <john@johncon.com> Cisamperl Informix C-ISAM Mathias Koerber None <mathias@unicorn.swi.com.sg> Duaperl X.500 Directory Eric Douglas None User Agent However, some DBI modules have DBperl emulation layers, so, DBD::Oracle comes with an Oraperl emulation layer, which allows you to run legacy oraperl scripts without modification. The emulation layer translates the oraperl API calls into DBI calls and executes them through the DBI switch. Here's a table of emulation layer information: Module Emulation Layer Status ------ --------------- ------ DBD::Oracle Oraperl Complete DBD::Informix Isqlperl Under development DBD::Sybase Sybperl Working? ( Needs verification ) DBD::mSQL Msqlperl Experimentally released with DBD::mSQL-0.61 The Msqlperl emulation is a special case. Msqlperl is a perl5 driver for mSQL databases, but does not conform to the DBI Specification. It's use is being deprecated in favour of DBD::mSQL. Msqlperl may be downloaded from CPAN via: http://www.perl.com/cgi-bin/cpan_mod?module=Msqlperl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.2. Where can I get it from? DBI is primarily distributed from: ftp://ftp.demon.co.uk/pub/perl/db The Comprehensive Perl Archive Network resources should be used for retrieving up-to-date versions of the drivers, since local mirror sites usually lag. CPAN may be accessed via Tom Christiansen's splendid CPAN multiplexer program located at: http://www.perl.com/CPAN/ For more specific version information and exact URLs of drivers, please see the DBI drivers list and the DBI module pages which can be found on: http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.3. Where can I get more information? There are a few information sources on DBI. DBI Specification http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI/doc/dbispec There are two specifications available at this link, the new DBI Draft Specification which is a rapidly changing document as the development team drive towards a stable interface, and the old historical DBperl Specification out of which the current DBI interface evolved. The latter document should be regarded as being of historical interest only and should not serve as a programming manual, or authoratative in any sense. However, it is still a very useful reference source. POD documentation PODs are chunks of documentation usually embedded within perl programs that document the code ``in place'', providing a useful resource for programmers and users of modules. POD for DBI and drivers is beginning to become more commonplace, and documentation for these modules can be read with the following commands. The DBI Specification The POD for the DBI Specification can be read with the: perldoc DBI command. Oraperl Users of the Oraperl emulation layer bundled with DBD::Oracle, may read up on how to program with the Oraperl interface by typing: perldoc Oraperl This will produce an updated copy of the original oraperl man page written by Kevin Stock for perl4. The oraperl API is fully listed and described there. DBD::mSQL Users of the DBD::mSQL module may read about some of the private functions and quirks of that driver by typing: perldoc DBD::mSQL Frequently Asked Questions This document, the Frequently Asked Questions is also available as POD documentation! You can read this on your own system by typing: perldoc DBI::FAQ This may be more convenient to people not permanently, or conveniently, connected to the Internet. POD in general Information on writing POD, and on the philosophy of POD in general, can be read by typing: perldoc perlpod Users with the Tk module installed may be interested to learn there is a Tk-based POD reader available called tkpod, which formats POD in a convenient and readable way. Rambles, Tidbits and Observations http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI/tidbits There are a series of occasional rambles from various people on the DBI mailing lists who, in an attempt to clear up a simple point, end up drafting fairly comprehensive documents. These are quite often varying in quality, but do provide some insights into the workings of the interfaces. ``DBI -- The perl5 Database Interface'' This is an article written by Alligator Descartes and Tim Bunce on the structure of DBI. It was published in issue 5 of ``The Perl Journal''. It's extremely good. Go buy the magazine. In fact, buy all of them! ``The Perl Journal''s WWW site is: http://www.tpj.com ``DBperl'' This article, published in the November 1996 edition of ``Dr. Dobbs Journal'' concerned DBperl. The author of this edition apparently did not bother to contact any of the DBI development team members for verification of the information contained within his article. Several reviews of the article on the dbi-users mailing list were disparaging, to say the least. The fact the article was written about DBperl instead of DBI hints at the staleness of the information. However, we include the reference for completeness' sake. ``The Perl5 Database Interface'' This item is a book to be written by Alligator Descartes ( for it is me ) and published by O'Reilly and Associates this coming Winter. Here is the putative table of contents for the book. * Introduction + Databases + CGI / WWW + perl * Basic Database Concepts + Types of Database o Flat File o AnyDBM o RDBMS + Using Which Database For What... * SQL + Why SQL? + Structuring Information In Databases + Retrieving Data From Databases + Manipulating Data and Data Structures * DBI Architecture * Programming with DBI + DBI Initialization + Handles o Driver Handles o Database Handles o Statement Handles + Connection and Disconnection + Handling Errors + Issuing Simple Queries + Executing Atomic Statements + Statement MetaData + More perl-ish Statements + Binding + Transaction Handling + Utility Methods + Handle Attributes and Dynamic Variables * DBI and ODBC * The Database Drivers + DBD::Oracle and oraperl + DBD::Informix and isqlperl + DBD::mSQL and Msqlperl * Case Studies + DBI and the WWW + Data Migration and Warehousing + Administration Software * Appendix: API Reference / Specification * Appendix: Resources README files The README files included with each driver occasionally contains some useful information ( no, really! ) that may be pertinent to the user. Please read them. It makes our worthless existences more bearable. These can all be read from the main DBI WWW page at: http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI Mailing Lists There are three mailing lists for DBI run by Ted Lemon. These can all be subscribed to and unsubscribed from via the World Wide Web at the URL of: http://www.fugue.com/dbi The lists that users may participate in are: dbi-announce This mailing list is for announcements only. Very low traffic. The announcements are usually posted on the main DBI WWW page. If you cannot successfully use the form on the above WWW page, please subscribe to the list in the following manner: Email: 'dbi-announce-request@fugue.com' with a message body of 'subscribe' dbi-dev This mailing list is intended for the use of developers discussing ideas and concepts for the DBI interface, API and driver mechanics. Only any use for developers, or interested parties. Low traffic. If you cannot successfully use the form on the above WWW page, please subscribe to the list in the following manner: Email: 'dbi-dev-request@fugue.com' with a message body of 'subscribe' dbi-users This mailing list is a general discussion list used for bug reporting, problem discussion and general enquiries. Medium traffic. If you cannot successfully use the form on the above WWW page, please subscribe to the list in the following manner: Email: 'dbi-users-request@fugue.com' with a message body of 'subscribe' Mailing List Archives US Mailing List Archives http://outside.organic.com/mail-archives/dbi-users/ Searchable hypermail archives of the three mailing lists, and some of the much older traffic have been set up for users to browse. European Mailing List Archives http://www.rosat.mpe-garching.mpg.de/mailing-lists/PerlDB-Interest As per the US archive above. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Compilation Problems ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1. Compilation problems or "It fails the test!" First off, consult the online information about the module, beit DBI itself, or a DBD, and see if it's a known compilation problem on your architecture. These documents can be found at: http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI If it's a known problem, you'll probably have to wait till it gets fixed. If you're really needing it fixed, try the following: Attempt to fix it yourself This technique is generally not recommended to the faint-hearted. If you do think you have managed to fix it, then, send a patch file ( context diff ) to the author with an explanation of: o What the problem was, and test cases, if possible. o What you needed to do to fix it. Please make sure you mention everything. o Platform information, database version, perl version, module version and DBI version. Email the author Do NOT whinge! Please email the address listed in the WWW pages for whichever driver you are having problems with. Do not directly email the author at a known address unless it corresponds with the one listed. We tend to have real jobs to do, and we do read the mailing lists for problems. Besides, we may not have access to <insert your favourite brain-damaged platform here> and couldn't be of any assistance anyway! Apologies for sounding harsh, but that's the way of it! However, you might catch one of these creative genii at 3am when we're doing this sort of stuff anyway, and get a patch within 5 minutes. The atmosphere in the DBI circle is that we do appreciate the users' problems, since we work in similar environments. If you are planning to email the author, please furnish as much information as possible, ie: o ALL the information off the README file in the problematic module. And we mean ALL of it. We don't put lines like that in documentation for the good of our health, or to meet obscure README file standards of length. o If you have a core dump, try the Devel::CoreStack module for generating a stack trace from the core dump. Send us that too. Devel::CoreStack can be found on CPAN at: http://www.perl.com/cgi-bin/cpan_mod?module=Devel::CoreStack o Module versions, perl version, test cases, operating system versions and any other pertinent information. Remember, the more information you send us, the quicker we can track problems down. If you send us nothing, expect nothing back. Email the dbi-users Mailing List It's usually a fairly intelligent idea to cc the mailing list anyway with problems. The authors all read the lists, so you lose nothing by mailing there. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Platform and Driver Issues ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 What's the difference between ODBC and DBI? Good question! To be filled in more detail! ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 Is DBI supported under Windows 95 / NT platforms? Finally, yes! Jeff Urlwin has been working diligently on building DBI and DBD::Oracle under these platforms, and, with the advent of a stabler perl and a port of MakeMaker, the project has come on by great leaps and bounds. The DBI and DBD::Oracle Win32 ports are now a standard part of DBI, so, downloading DBI of version higher than 0.81 should work fine. For the DBD::Oracle patches required, please read the Win32 porting page at: http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI/win32 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.3 Can I access Microsoft Access or SQL-Server databases with DBI? Contributed by Tim Bunce and Jeff Urlwin Supplied with DBI-0.79 ( and later ) is an experimental DBI 'emulation layer' for the Win32::ODBC module. It's called DBI::W32ODBC and is, at the moment, very minimal. You will need the Win32::ODBC module available from: http://www.roth.net Given its status, problem reports without fixes are likely to be ignored. You will also need the Win32 DBI patch kit as supplied by Jeff Urlwin, which you can locate by reading the previous question's answer. Jeff Urlwin is currently working hard on the ODBC layer. To get back to the question, theoretically, yes, you can access Microsoft Access and SQL-Server databases from DBI via ODBC! ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.4 Is the a DBD for <insert favourite database here>? Is is listed on the DBI drivers page? http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/perl/DBI/DBD If not, no. A complete absence of a given database driver from that page means that no-one has announced any intention to work on it. A corollary of the above statement implies that if you see an announcement for a driver not on the above page, there's a good chance it's not actually a DBI driver, and may not conform to the specifications. Therefore, questions concerning problems with that code should not really be addressed to the DBI Mailing Lists. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.5 What's DBM? And why should I use DBI instead? Extracted from ``DBI - The Database Interface for Perl 5'': ``UNIX was originally blessed with simple file-based ``databases'', namely the dbm system. dbm lets you store data in files, and retrieve that data quickly. However, it also has serious drawbacks. File Locking The dbm systems did not allow particularly robust file locking capabilities, nor any capability for correcting problems arising through simultaneous writes [ to the database ]. Arbitrary Data Structures The dbm systems only allows a single fixed data structure: key-value pairs. That value could be a complex object, such as a [ C ] struct, but the key had to be unique. This was a large limitation on the usefulness of dbm systems. However, dbm systems still provide a useful function for users with simple datasets and limited resources, since they are fast, robust and extremely well-tested. Perl modules to access dbm systems have now been integrated into the core Perl distribution via the AnyDBM_File module.'' To sum up, DBM is a perfectly satisfactory solution for essentially read-only databases, or small and simple datasets. However, for more powerful and scaleable datasets, not to mention robust transactional locking, users are recommended to use DBI. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.6 When will mSQL-2 be supported? As of DBD::mSQL-0.61, there has been support for mSQL-2. However, there is no real support for any of the new methods added to the core mSQL library regarding index support yet. These are forthcoming and will be accessible via func methods private to DBD::mSQL. You can read more about these private methods in the DBD::mSQL POD that can be found by typing: perldoc DBD::mSQL provided you have DBD::mSQL correctly installed. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.7 What database do you recommend me using? This is a particularly thorny area in which an objective answer is difficult to come by, since each dataset, proposed usage and system configuration differs from person to person. From the current author's point of view, if the dataset is relatively small, being tables of less than 1 million rows, and less than 1000 tables in a given database, then mSQL is a perfectly acceptable solution to your problem. This database is extremely cheap, is wonderfully robust and has excellent support. More information is available on the Hughes Technology WWW site at: http://www.hughes.com.au If the dataset is larger than 1 million row tables or 1000 tables, or if you have either more money, or larger machines, I would recommend Oracle7 RDBMS. Oracle's WWW site is an excellent source of more information. http://www.oracle.com Informix is another high-end RDBMS that is worth considering. There are several differences between Oracle and Informix which are too complex for this document to detail. Information on Informix can be found on their WWW site at: http://www.informix.com In the case of WWW fronted applications, mSQL may be a better option due to slow connection times between a CGI script and the Oracle RDBMS and also the amount of resource each Oracle connection will consume. mSQL is lighter resource-wise and faster. These views are not necessarily representative of anyone else's opinions, and do not reflect any corporate sponsorship or views. They are provided as-is. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.8 Is <insert feature here> supported in DBI? Given that we're making the assumption that the feature you have requested is a non-standard database-specific feature, then the answer will be no. DBI reflects a generic API that will work for most databases, and has no database-specific functionality. However, driver authors may, if they so desire, include hooks to database-specific functionality through the func method defined in the DBI API. Script developers should note that use of functionality provided via the func methods is unlikely to be portable across databases. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Programming Questions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.1 Is DBI any use for CGI programming? In a word, yes! DBI is hugely useful for CGI programming! In fact, I would tentatively say that CGI programming is one of two top uses for DBI. DBI confers the ability to CGI programmers to power WWW-fronted databases to their users, which provides users with vast quantities of ordered data to play with. DBI also provides the possibility that, if a site is receiving far too much traffic than their database server can cope with, they can upgrade the database server behind the scenes with no alterations to the CGI scripts. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.2 How do I get faster connection times with DBD::Oracle and CGI? Contributed by John D. Groenveld The Apache httpd maintains a pool of httpd children to service client requests. Using the Apache mod_perl module by Doug MacEachern, the perl interpreter is embedded with the httpd children. The CGI, DBI, and your other favorite modules can be loaded at the startup of each child. These modules will not be reloaded unless changed on disk. For more information on Apache, see the Apache Project's WWW site: http://www.apache.org The mod_perl module can be downloaded from CPAN via: http://www.perl.com/cgi-bin/cpan_mod?module=mod_perl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.3 How do I get persistent connections with DBI and CGI? Contributed by John D. Groenveld Using Edmund Mergl's Apache::DBI module, database logins are stored in a hash with each of these httpd child. If your application is based on a single database user, this connection can be started with each child. Currently, database connections cannot be shared between httpd children. Apache::DBI can be downloaded from CPAN via: http://www.perl.com/cgi-bin/cpan_mod?module=Apache::DBI ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4.4 ``When I run a perl script from the command line, it works, but, when I run it under the httpd, it fails!'' Why? Basically, a good chance this is occurring is due to the fact that the user that you ran it from the command line as has a correctly configured set of environment variables, in the case of DBD::Oracle, variables like $ORACLE_HOME, $ORACLE_SID or TWO_TASK. The httpd process usually runs under the user id of nobody, which implies there is no configured environment. Any scripts attempting to execute in this situation will correctly fail. To solve this problem, set the environment for your database in a BEGIN ( ) block at the top of your script. This will solve the problem. Similarly, you should check your httpd error logfile for any clues, as well as the ``Idiot's Guide To Solving Perl / CGI Problems'' and ``Perl CGI Programming FAQ'' for further information. It is unlikely the problem is DBI-related. The ``Idiot's Guide To Solving Perl / CGI Problems'' can be located at: http://www.perl.com/perl/faq/index.html as can the ``Perl CGI Programming FAQ''. Read BOTH these documents carefully! ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.1 Can I do multi-threading with DBI? As of the current date of this FAQ ( see top of page ), no. perl does not support multi-threading. However, multi-threading is expected to become part of the perl core distribution as of version 5.005, which implies that DBI may support multi-threading fairly soon afterwards. For some OCI example code for Oracle that has multi-threaded SELECT statements, see: http://www.hermetica.com/technologia/oracle/oci/orathreads.tar.gz ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 How do I handle BLOB data with DBI? To be written. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.3 How can I invoke stored procedures with DBI? Assuming that you have created a stored procedure within the target database, eg, an Oracle database, you can use $dbh->do to immediately execute the procedure. For example, $dbh->do( "BEGIN someProcedure END" ); ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.4 How can I get return values from stored procedures with DBI? Contributed by Jeff Urlwin $sth = $dbh->prepare( "BEGIN foo(:1, :2, :3); END;" ); $sth->bind_param(1, $a); $sth->bind_param_inout(2, \$path, 2000); $sth->bind_param_inout(3, \$success, 2000); $sth->execute; Remember to perform error checking, though! ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.5 How can I create or drop a database with DBI? Database creation and deletion are concepts that are entirely too abstract to be adequately supported by DBI. For example, Oracle does not support the concept of dropping a database at all! Also, in Oracle, the database server essentially is the database, whereas in mSQL, the server process runs happily without any databases created in it. The problem is too disparate to attack. Some drivers, therefore, support database creation and deletion through the private func methods. You should check the documentation for the drivers you are using to see if they support this mechanism. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.6 How can I commit or rollback a statement with DBI? To be written. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.7 How are NULL values handled by DBI? NULL values in DBI are specified to be treated as the value undef. NULLs can be inserted into databases as NULL, for example: $rv = $dbh->do( "INSERT INTO table VALUES( NULL )" ); but when queried back, the NULLs should be tested against undef. This is standard across all drivers. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.8 What are these func methods all about? The func method is defined within DBI as being an entry point for database-specific functionality, eg, the ability to create or drop databases. Invoking these driver-specific methods is simple, for example, to invoke a createDatabase method that has one argument, we would write: $rv = $dbh->func( 'argument', 'createDatabase' ); Software developers should note that the func methods are non-portable between databases. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Support and Training The Perl5 Database Interface is FREE software. IT COMES WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. However, some organizations are providing either technical support or training programs on DBI. The present author has no knowledge as to the quality of these services. The links are included for reference purposes only. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Commercial Support The Perl Clinic The Perl Clinic can arrange commercial support contracts for Perl, DBI, DBD::Oracle and Oraperl. Support is provided by the company with whom Tim Bunce, author of DBI, works. For more information on their services, please see: http://www.perl.co.uk/tpc for more details. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Training No training programs are known at this time. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Other References In this section, we present some miscellaneous WWW links that may be of some interest to DBI users. These are not verified and may result in unknown sites or missing documents. http://www-ccs.cs.umass.edu/db.html http://www.odmg.org/odmg93/updates_dbarry.html http://www.jcc.com/sql_stnd.html ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- AUTHOR Alligator Descartes <descarte@hermetica.com> ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reproduced here by permission from Alligator Descartes Hermetica ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13. PostgreSQL Management Tools 13.1. PGACCESS - A GUI Tool for PostgreSQL Management It is already included in the distribution of PostgreSQL. You may want to check out this web site for a newer copy � <http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess> � If you have any comment, suggestion for improvements, please feel free to e-mail to : teo@flex.ro This is what the home page of pgaccess says: PgAccess - a Tcl/Tk interface to PostgreSQL --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Latest version of PgAccess is 0.63 , 4 December 1997 I think that there were some problems loading libpgtcl library. I invite you to read a special section concerning libpgtcl What does PgAccess now! Here are some images from PgAccess windows : Main window , table builder , table(query) view , visual query builder . Tables - opening tables for viewing, max 200 records (changed by preferences menu) - column resizing, dragging the vertical grid line (better in table space rather than in the table header) - text wrap in cells - layout saved for every table - import/export to external files (SDF,CSV) - filter capabilities (enter filter like (price>3.14) - sort order capabilities (enter manually the sort field(s)) - editing in place - improved table generator assistant - improved field editing Queries - define , edit and stores "user defined queries" - store queries as views - execution of queries - viewing of select type queries result - query deleting and renaming - NEW !!! Visual query builder with drag & drop capabilities. For any of you who had installed the Tcl/Tk plugin for Netscape Navigator, you can see it at work clicking here Sequences - defines sequences, delete them and inspect them Functions - define, inspect and delete functions in SQL language On the TODO list! - table design (add new fields, renaming, etc.) - function definition - report generator - basic scripting If you have any comment, suggestion for improvements, please feel free to e-mail to : teo@flex.ro --------------------------------------------------------------------------- More information about libgtcl Also, you will need the PostgreSQL to Tcl interface library, lined as a Tcl/Tk 'load'-able module. It is called libpgtcl and the source is located in the PostgreSQL directory /src/interfaces/libpgtcl. Specifically, you will need a libpgtcl library that is 'load'-able from Tcl/Tk. This is technically different from an ordinary PostgreSQL loadable object file, because libpgtcl is a collection of object files. Under Linux, this is called libpgtcl.so. You can download from here a version already compiled for Linux i386 systems. Just copy libpgtcl.so into your system library director (/usr/lib) and go for it. One of the solutions is to remove from the source the line containing load libpgtcl.so and to load pgaccess.tcl not with wish, but with pgwish (or wishpg) that wish that was linked with libpgtcl library. However, the application should work without problems. 13.2. Windows Interactive Query Tool for PostgreSQL (WISQL or MPSQL) MPSQL provides users with a graphical SQL interface to PostgresSQL. MPSQL is similar to Oracle's SQL Worksheet and Microsoft SQL Server's query tool WISQL. It has nice GUI and has history of commands. Also you can cut and paste and it has other nice features to improve your productivity. � <http://www.troubador.com/~keidav/index.html> � Email: keidav@whidbey.com � <http://www.ucolick.org/~de/> in file tcl_syb/wisql.html � <http://www.troubador.com/~keidav/index.html> � Email: de@ucolick.org 13.3. Interactive Query Tool (ISQL) for PostgreSQL called PSQL ISQL is For Character command line terminals. This is included in the distribution, and is called PSQL. Very similar to Sybase ISQL, Oracle SQLplus. At unix prompt give command 'psql' which will put you in psql> prompt. Type \h to see help of commands. Very user friendly and easy to use. Also very useful for shell script� ing in Bourne, Korn and C-shells. 13.4. MPMGR - A Database Management Tool for PostgresSQL MPMGR will provide a graphical management interface for PostgresSQL. You can find it at � <http://www.troubador.com/~keidav/index.html> � Email: keidav@whidbey.com � <http://www.ucolick.org/~de/> in file tcl_syb/wisql.html � <http://www.troubador.com/~keidav/index.html> � Email: de@ucolick.org 14. Setting up multi-boxes PostgreSQL with just one monitor You can stack up the cpu-boxes and connect to just one monitor and use the switch box to select the host. This saves space and you eliminate monitor(200 US dollars), keyboard(60 dollars) and the mouse(50 dollars) and also avoid lot of clutter. Please check out these sites: � Network Technologies Inc <http://www.networktechinc.com/servswt.html> (120 dollars/PC 8 ports) which lists � Scene Double Inc, England <http://www.scene.demon.co.uk/qswitch.htm> � Cybex corporation <http://www.cybex.com> � Raritan Inc <http://www.raritan.com> � RealStar Solutions Inc <http://www.real-star.com/kvm.htm> � Belkin Inc <http://www.belkin.com> � DataComm Warehouse Inc Call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at 1-800-328-2261They supply all varieties of computer hardware <http://www.warehouse.com> � Better Box Communications Ltd. <http://www.betterbox.com/info.html> � Go to nearest hardware store and ask for "Server Switch" also known as "KVM Auto Switches". Search engine yahoo to find more companies with "Server Switches" or "KVM Switches". It is strongly recommended to have a dedicated unix box for each PostgreSQL server process for better performance. No other application program/processes should run on this box. See the Business section of your local newspapers for local vendors selling only intel box, 13" monochrome monitor (very low cost monitor). Local vendors sell just the hardware WITHOUT any Microsoft Windows/DOS (saves you about $ 150). You do not need a color monitor for the database server, as you can do remote administration from color PC workstation. Get Redhat Linux cdrom from below - � Linux System Labs Web site: <http://www.lsl.com/> 7 (U.S. dollars) � Cheap Bytes Inc Web site: <http://www.cheapbytes.com/> 7 (U.S. dollars) Make sure that the hardware you purchase is supported by Redhat Linux. Check the ftp site of Redhat for recommended hardware like SCSI adapters, video cards before buying. For just $ 600 you will get a powerful intel box with Redhat Linux running PostgreSQL. Use odbc/jdbc/perl/tcl to connect to PostgreSQL from Windows95, OS/2, Unix Motif or Netscape browser (Netscape is very fast becoming the standard client). To stack up cpu boxes, buy $ 15 floor-to-ceiling shelf and clamp it to the wall with several bracket clamps. Also bolt it down to floor. The size of the shelf is such that it just fits the computer. Place Intel boxes such that the side is butting against the wall and the front and rear (serial ports, network port, power connections) are easily accessible. Follow rules of Ergonomics, the shelf should have enough gap on both sides and there should be enough gap between many tower shelves. Bundle the wires neatly. Put vertical steel strips so that boxes do not fall off during earth-quakes. Floor to ceiling shelf will fit about 30 Intel-Linux boxes. Thus a small room can fit about 10 tower shelves with 300 cpu boxes controlled by just one monitor and one keyboard!! Below is the extract from networktechnic Inc for the "Server Switches" Order now call 800-742-8324 (toll free in USA) To receive our catalog please Email your address to: sales@networktechinc.com CONTROL MULTIPLE PC'S with one keyboard monitor & mouse These electronic switches will allow one keyboard, monitor & mouse to control up to 64 PC's. Embedded microcomputers simulate the presence of keyboard, monitor & mouse to all attached PC's 100% of the time. Features and Applications * Keyboard, front panel or remote control * 9 pin D Serial or 6 pin miniDIN mouse support * 5 pin DIN or 6 pin miniDIN keyboard support * 1600x1200 video resolution with no degradation * Uses standard cables * Desktop or rackmount Specifications - Keyboard * All connectors are female * 5 pin DIN or 6 pin miniDIN * Will hard or soft boot all PC's 100% of the time Controls - Buttons on Front * Touch a button and be connected to that PC * Hold any button in for more than 0.5 second and go into SCAN, BROADCAST or COMMAND mode * LEDs on front indicate mode of operation Keyboard * Type CTRL+* and go into COMMAND mode * SCAN, BROADCAST or COMMAND are available Mouse * 9 pin D serial o NTI switch emulates Microsoft serial mouse to all PC's o 9 pin D male for mouse o 9 pin D female for PC's * 6 pin miniDIN o NTI switch emulates IBM PS/2 style mouse to all PC's o All connectors are female Wired remote * Optional--must be purchased * Operates same as "Buttons on Front" Tech Info * Request technical manual MAN025 Monitor-VGA * Bandwidth is 150 MHz * 1600X1200 resolution with no degradation * All connectors are female Power * 110 or 220 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz 15. Problem/Project Tracking System Application Tool for PostgreSQL This is at � <http://www.homeport.org/~shevett/pts/> 16. Convert dbase dbf files to PostgreSQL The program dbf2msql works fine with mSQL and PostgreSQL. You can find it at � <ftp://ftp.nerosworld.com/pub/SQL/dbf2sql/> � <ftp://gopher.library.tudelft.nl/pub/misc/dbf2msql-0.4.tar.gz> � <ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/incoming/dbf2pg-3.0.tar.gz> This program was written by Maarten Boekhold, Faculty of Electrical Engineering TU Delft, NL Computer Architecture and Digital Technique section M.Boekhold@et.tudelft.nl You can also use a python method to read dbf files and load into a postgres database. � See <http://www.python.org> 17. PostgreSQL 4GL for web database applications - AppGEN Development System AppGEN can be downloaded from <http://www.man.ac.uk/~whaley/ag/appgen.html> <ftp://ftp.mcc.ac.uk/pub/linux/ALPHA/AppGEN>. Extract from the home page of AppGEN is given below:- AppGEN is a high level fourth generation language and application generator for producing World Wide Web (WWW) based applications. These applications are typically used over the internet or within a corporate intranet. AppGEN applications are implemented as C scripts conforming to the Common Gateway Interface (CGI) standard supported by most Web Servers. To use AppGEN you will need the following :- PostgresSQL, relational database management system A CGI compatible web server such as NCSA's HTTPD An ansi C compiler such as GCC AppGEN consists of the following Unix (Linux) executables :- � defgen, which produces a basic template application from a logical data structure. The applications are capable of adding, updating, deleting and searching for records within the database whilst automatically maintaining referential integrity. � appgen, the AppGEN compiler which compiles the appgen source code into CGI executable C source and HTML formatted documents ready for deployment on a web server. � dbf2sql, a utility fo converting dBase III compatible .dbf files into executable SQL scripts. This enables data stored in most DOS/Windows based database packages to be migrated to a SQL server such as PostgresSQL. � In addition, AppGEN comprises of a collection of HTML documents, GIF files and Java applets which are used at runtime by the system. And of course, like all good software, the full source code is included. The author, Andrew Whaley, can be contacted on andrew@arthur.smuht.nwest.nhs.uk and would appreciate any comments or suggestions about the software. 18. Web Database Design/Implementation tool for PostgreSQL - EARP <http://www.oswego.edu/Earp> <ftp://ftp.oswego.edu> in the directory 'pub/unix/earp'. The extract from the home page of EARP is given below:- The "Easily Adjustable Response Program" (EARP) created by David Dougherty 18.1. What is EARP ? EARP is a Web Database Design/Implementation tool, built on top of the PostgreSQL database system. Its functionality includes: � A Visual Design System. � A sendmail interface. (can handle incoming and outgoing mail) � An Enhanced Security Mechanism. � A cgi driver. 18.2. Implementation The main implementation of EARP is a CGI binary which runs under the http daemon to provide access to the database server. All of the design tools are built into the driver, no design takes place over anything but the web. The tools themselves require a graphical browser, the compatibility of objects designed with the tools is implementation independent, based on designing individuals preferences. 18.3. What you need to run EARP EARP will likely run on a variety of platforms with little or no porting. The known working platforms consist of the following: � Solaris 2.5 � Linux 1.2.13+ � GNU C++ � PostgreSQL (Version 1.01 / 1.02 ) � netsite server � NCSA httpd � GNU C++ � PostgreSQL (Version 1.01 / 1.02 ) � NCSA httpd � Apache httpd 18.4. News Flash The current (1.3) release of Earp was designed on top of the libpq release that came with PostgreSQL v1.01/1.02. If you are using a more recent version of Postgres, expect that the program will require some porting to work correctly. In the development version (Earp 2.0), libpq support is being incorporated as a module, and thus will support as many versions of postgres as we have time to write the modules. The development release is expected to become public near mid-spring(97). 18.5. How does it work ? One of the main features of EARP is that it uses an Object Oriented approach to producing html pages which interface to the database. Most pages will consist of several objects. Each object is produced by some sort of tool and given a name, objects are then linked together in a callable sequence by the page tool. Objects are also reusable across multiple pages. Basic tools exist for HTML, Querys, Grabbing input from forms, Extendable Formatting of Query and Input objects, and Linking together of objects into other objects. More advanced tools include the mail tool and the multithreaded query tool. Another feature of EARP is advanced security. Access to various areas of the EARP system can be limited in a variety of ways. To facilitate its advanced security, EARP performs checks for each connection to the system, determining what ids and groups the connecting agent belongs to. Access to areas is defined seperately, and the combination decides if access to a specific area of Earp is allowed. Moreover, all that is required to implement the security features is an http server that supports basic (or better) user authentication. 18.6. Some online examples As part of the ICC Help Database, the Catalog Search Page is an EARP document which runs several queries. The selection boxes are generated by the EARP program from listings in the database. As another example of what can be done using EARP... now you can look at the List of Objects in the Help Database. Creating the three interfaces for the link took me less than 15 minutes. 18.7. Where do I get it ? EARP is available via anonymous ftp from <ftp://ftp.oswego.edu> in the directory 'pub/unix/earp'. The version as of this writing is 1.3.1 Please, once you've retrieved EARP and gotten it to work, drop me a line and tell me your success or failure story. 18.8. Available Documentation All documentation has been moved to the User Docs and Tutorials index page. 18.9. A History of EARP Earp 0.1 began in Fall of 1995 as program I was working on to build a dynamically configurable web accessable guest book. At that point it was a bunch of cgi programs that all did different but useful things and were held together with SSI glue, and a little sneaky c programming. What I soon realized though is that I was doing a lot of repetitive work, and that most of what I was doing had to be run in many windows at once (netscape, emacs, shell, mail) for it to make any sense, and that debugging was quickly becoming a nightmare. At that time I was also being approached by my friend and boss Don Michaels, who was interested in automating a large hunk of our user support, and keeping a historical database of requests and responses. Soon, I had worked out the initial scheme for what is now quickly becoming our help database, only I balked at the idea of building a help database with what was at that point a very primitive set of utilities. When spring classes were occurring(96) I started it anyway, mainly out of boredom, but also because I was in a database design class and a wanted to flex a few brain muscles. After a while I had a reasonable prototype up and running, which made Don very happy as he had basically given up on the idea of anyone every really creating a help database for him. (The prototype is still running on one of my servers...(june96)) The prototype did some very interesting things, but by april I was again getting discouraged... Everytime I wanted to change something, I had to go through a lengthy process of recompilation, or find an entry in a text file full of distractions. Also, there was no way for me to use the building block idea which is so useful in EARP... I did a lot of huge cutting and pasting. About the time that classes where ending I had again given up on the current scheme of things, and decided that what I needed was a better set of tools for what I was doing. Additionally, I also wanted to make my prototype work on top of a REAL relational database, and I wasn't cherishing the idea of reworking all those hard coded accesses, links, and output methods. I had a break for a short while, if you want to call it that. We sponsored the SUNY CIT Conference and I was so busy for about a week and a half that I got distanced from most of what I had written for the prototype help database, except the ideas I had had when I wrote the initial series of utilities, and what my biggest peeves were about the current state of things. Shortly after the conference, I began the prototype for the current version of EARP(may96), using the postgreSQL database as my relational backend. By the middle of June, the prototype had evolved into a fairly nice integrated suite of tool prototypes, with the primary advantage that they all ran over html, and stored their initialization information in the database. Most of the second half of june was spent debugging and working out the kinks in the code, and playing with the interface.( within those two weeks I accessed our web server over 5000 times.) By the end of June I had most of the major bugs blasted out of EARP, and a large enough number of objects in the "new" help database to officially announce it to our help support staff. Incidentally, I also kept a journal during the development of EARP, and myself and Don Michaels are presenting a paper describing the Help Database at the Chicago ACM/SIGUCCS conference in September of this year. 19. WWW Web interface for PostgresSQL - DBENGINE <http://www.cis-computer.com/dbengine/ > dbengine a plug 'n play Web interface for PostgreSQL created by Ingo Ciechowski The extract from the home page of dbengine is given below:- dbengine [CGI-Forum Webring] a plug 'n play Web interface for Postgres95 Version 0.82 alpha Documentation as of 08/11/97 Written by Ingo Ciechowski --------------------------------------------------------------------------- About dbengine dbengine is an interface between the WWW and Postgres95 which provides simple access to any existing database within just a few minutes. This little Perl program was born after I've tried quite a lot of already available packages like AppGen, PHP-FI and more. So why did I kind of re-invent the wheel ? Well, PHP-FI gives you a Perl like language in your documents, but no real Perl while AppGen and wdb-p95 require that you create some configuration file for each of your databases -- sound's like you'll first of all have to learn some sort of new mata language before you can get started. That was the point when I started to feel more familiar with a small Perl applet of my own... and now my dbengine became a tool that I think at is ready to be shared with others. Unlike other tools you don't have to learn any special programming or scripting language to get started with dbengine. Also there's no configuration file for each database, so you don't have to get familiar with such a new structure. However - in case you want to gain access to the full features of dbengine it'd be a good idea to know the Perl language. The whole system can be configured by simple manipulations of an additional database that contains closer information about how to visualize your database access. You can even specify virtual Fields which are calculated on the fly right before they're displayed on the screen. Screenshots * Tablelist view with connected databases (104k) * Record view with related record list out of seperate table (100k) License dbengine is free software under the same terms as Perl. Read its licence if you aren't sure what you can or can't do. The bottom line is that this is a kinder and gentler version of the GNU licence -- one that doesn't infect your work if you care to borrow from dbengine or package up pieces of it as part of a commercial product! more information... If you're interested in closer information about dbengine, use these links: * how to install dbengine * how to configure the package * working with dbengine * description database * template files If you need any additional information, please feel free to send me an E-Mail . And of course there's still the well documented Perl source code that could help you to find your way ;-) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- last update of this page: 08/11/97 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20. Apache Webserver Module for PostgreSQL - NeoSoft NeoWebScript Apache is a well-known Web Server. And a module to interface PostgreSQL to Apache Webserver is at - <http://www.neosoft.com/neowebscript/> The extract from the home page of NeoWebScript is given below:- NeoWebScript is a programming language that allows both simple and complex programs to be embedded into HTML files. When an HTML page containing embedded NeoWebScript is requested, the NeoWebScript-enabled webserver executes the embedded script(s), producing a webpage containing customized content created by the program. NeoWebScript is a fast, secure, easy to learn way to do powerful, server-based interactive programming directly in the HTML code in web pages. With NeoWebScript, counters, email forms, graffiti walls, guest books and visitor tracking are all easy, even for a beginning programmer. See how well NeoWebScript holds its' own vs. PERL and JavaScript. NeoWebScript 2.2 just released! On June 24, 1997, NeoSoft released NeoWebScript 2.2, integrating it with the new Apache 1.2.0 server. If you're on a webserver that has NeoWebScript installed and you would like to started with it, we have a lot of User Info available. Our New User FAQ has the basic answers to get you started. The Tutorials guide you through learning the language, while the Demos give you prebuilt applications you can download and modify. Commands and Variables are the complete language references, and Troubleshooting contains hints and tips to help you get past any problems. If you'd like to install NeoWebScript on your webserver, your Webmaster needs to read our Sysop FAQ to get started. Theory of Operations will explain how NeoWebScript works, while installation will take them through the steps. Management deals with configuration issues and running the server, tests let you verify correct NeoWebScript operation, and troubleshooting deals with server problems. Hey, wait a minute you ask, how much do you want for all this great software, huh? There is no cost to you to use NeoWebScript-2.2 for your ISP, your intranet, or your extranet. You'll see a full license when you register to download, but the gist is we'd like a whopping $ 99 if you want to embed it in your own product or use it in a commerce (eg. SSL) server. NeoWebScript is a module for the Apache webserver that allows you to embed the Tcl/Tk programming language in your webpages as a scripting tool. It was invented by Karl Lehenbauer, NeoSoft's Chief Technical Officer, and documented, enhanced and extended by NeoSoft's programmers and technical writers. The Apache webserver is the world's most popular webserver, accounting for 42 % of the 1,044,163 sites polled by the May 1997 Netcraft Web Server survey. The next largest entry were the various Microsoft servers, reporting in with slightly over 16 %, or a difference of over 270,000 servers. Tcl/Tk is the powerful, free, cross-platform scripting language developed by Dr. John Ousterhout, now a Sun Distinguished Engineer. In his own words "Tcl/Tk lets software developers get the job done ten times faster than with toolkits based on C or C++. It's also a great glue language for making existing applications work together and making them more graphical and Internet-aware." With a developer community of over 500,000 worldwide, and thousands of commercial applications, Sun has just announced a new business group called SunScript, to support this community with an integrated development environment and to develop a suite of products to link Tcl to the Web and Java. Karl Lehenbauer, Founder and Chief Technical Officer of NeoSoft, has been part of Tcl/Tk development from the very beginning. Together with Mark Diehkans, they authored Extended Tcl, also known as TclX or NeoSoft Tcl, a powerful set of extensions to the language. Many of the current core Tcl commands originated in Extended Tcl, and were then imported into the core language by Dr. Ousterhout. NeoSoft Inc., 1770 St. James Place, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77056 USA 21. HEITML server side extension of HTML and a 4GL language for Post� greSQL Tool heitml is another way to interface postgres with the world wide web. For more details contact Helmut Emmelmann H.E.I. Informationssyteme GmbH Wimpfenerstrasse 23 Tel. 49-621-795141 68259 Mannheim Germany Fax. 49-621-795161 � E-mail Mr.Helmut Emmelmann at emmel@h-e-i.de � Heitml main web site <http://www.heitml.com> � Heitml secondary web site <http://www.h-e-i.deom> heitml is a server side extension of HTML and a 4GL language at the same time. People can write web applications in the HTML style by using new HTML-like tags. heitml (pronounced "Hi"-TML) is an extension of HTML and a full- featured 4th generation language that enables Web-based Applications to interact with data stored in SQL databases, without resorting to complex CGI scripts. heitml extends HTML on the sever side, dynamically converting ".hei" files to HTML format and so is compatible with any web browser.It embraces the familiar, easy-to-use HTML syntax and provides a large assortment of pre-developed Tags and Libraries to take care of tasks that formerly required CGI. As XML, heitml provides user defined tags. With heitml the user defined markup can be translated to HTML and send to a browser. heitml targets both HTML designers and professional programmers alike. HTML designers can use heitml Tags to build dynamic web pages, access SQL databases, or create complete web applications. Counters, registration databases, search forms, email forms, or hierarchical menues can all be created simply by using the pre-developed HTML-like Tags found in the many Component Libraries. For programmers heitml embeds a complete forth generation language in HTML (e.g. <if>, <while>, and <let> Tags), plus powerful expression evaluation with integer, real, boolean, string, and tuple data types. Tuples have reference semantics as in modern object oriented languages and are stored on a heap. heitml variables including all complex data structures stored on the heap maintain their values between pages using the Session Mode. It is pos� sible to define your own tags or environment tags and even re-define HTML-tags. heitml makes it possible to - - - develop Web Sites in a structured and modular way, drastically reducing maintenance overhead. - - - develop intelligent and interactive Web Sites, with content that dynamically adapts itself to user needs. - - - show the content of SQL databases with no programming other than to use our library of prefined "dba" Tags. - - - develop complex database and Catalog Shopping applications using Session Variables heitml runs on Linux with any Web Server using the CGI interface, and is especially fast (avoiding the CGI overhead) within the APACHE (version 1.1.1, 1.1.3, or 1.2.4) Web Server using the apache API. Currently MSQL (Version 1 and 2), PostgreSQL (Version 6), mysql, and the yard databases are supported). heitml also works on Linux, BSDi, Solaris and SunOS, as well as Windows NT with CGI and ISAPI and ODBC and Windows 95. heitml (on linux) is free for research, non-commercial and private usage. Commercial Web Sites must pay a licensing fee. The fully operational version of heitml is available for a trial period downloaded freely. (Note, however, that each ".hei" Web Page you develop will display a message identifying it as the version for non- commercial use. After registration, you will receive a key to switch off the message without having to re-install the program.) New features in version 1.2 are - - - Component Libraries for Database Search Forms, opening and closing hierachical menus, and email forms - - - Session Mode has been re-designed and enhanced to keep all variables (including the entire heap) between pages. This means data of any size can be kept within a session. This opens up the opportunity for a wider range of new applications, e.g. storing complete query results in session memory. - - - Installation instructions, documentation and example libraries have been significantly improved, a Tutorial has been added - - - Tags to execute shell commands and send emails have been added - - - Pretty Printing and debugging support. heitml shows your source code in color in your browser and marks errors in an intuitive way. In the case of runtime errors, all internal data structures are displayed in the browser marking and preserving the original source code positions. - - - Various new server variables and built-in functions have been added - - - In production mode heitml now collects complete information on errors that occurred while people were accessing your site. This is what the home page of the heitml says - heitml (pronounced "Hi"-TML) significantly extends and enhances the functionality of HTML by definable tags and full programming features. This makes dynamic content and database applications possible simply within the HTML world, without CGI and without external scripting or programming languages. This means you, as an HTML author, can embed applications in your web pages, simply by using some new tags without CGI and without programming. As an advanced user or programmer on the other hand you can create and program powerful tag libraries. This approach makes heitml suitable for HTML newcomers and professional programmers alike. heitml runs on the web server and dynamically generates HTML, so heitml is compatible with the internet standards and with any web browser. It allows full access to databases while shielding the user from any unneccessary CGI complexity. heitml has been developed according to the newst research and in compiler construction and transaction systems. heitml pages are developed just the same way as HTML pages, with a text editor or HTML editor, and placed on the web server as usual. However now pages can contain dynamic heitml tags and access tag libraries. You can use these tags to access the database, to create dynamic content, to send emails, and even to create powerful applications like registration databases and shopping systems. HTML newcomers and professional programmers alike will be amazed at how quickly and easily they can design exciting applications like our Interactive Guestbook without resorting to complex and difficult to learn CGI scripts, simply by using the tools provided in our dba Library. heitml is accompanied by a wide range of tag libraries, to create guestbooks, database maintenance applications, extensible query forms, powerful email forms or structure your web site using a hierarchic menu. These tools are ready to go, just add the corresponding tags to your web site. As an experienced programmer you can make fully use of the heitml persistent dynamic tuple architecture : heitml is not just a scripting language with dynamic typing, full power expression evaluation, recursive procedures and extensive parameter passing features, but it also features persistent dynamic tuples to automatically keep session data of any size. heitml has so many features and uses it is impossible to describe it in a single Web Page. For that reason we have set up this Web Site in a manner that allows you to obtain a simple product "overview", or to delve as deeply as you want into the "nuts and bolts" of the language. Whichever manner you choose, we think you'll find that heitml has a lot to offer, and we hope you'll agree that it truly "takes the World Wide Web to a Higher Level!" The menu on the left-hand side of the screen will help you navigate our Web Site in an organized and methodical manner, but you can also use our Quick Menu to instantly jump to any page with a single mouse- click. If you're a first-time visitor to this Site, we suggest that you check out the heitml Interactive Guestbook for a truly impressive demonstration of how heitml can make your Web Pages more Interactive. If you sign our Guestbook, you can leave comments or tell us about your favorite Web Site using HTML formatting commands. It's like creating your own private Web Page and seeing it published immediately! The heitml Features section provides a Quick Summary of Features and Benefits, as well as Pages that are tailored to address the specific needs and questions of Designers and Programmers Our Language Guide provides an on-line tutorial that demonstrates in a practical manner some of the ways you can use heitml to develop, enhance and simplify your Web Pages and Applications. The Language Reference is for those looking for specific information regarding the syntax, structure and use of the various language elements. However, it would be a good idea for everyone to read the General Design page, which provides an overview of the specific kinds of problems heitml is designed to solve. Naturally, you'll want to know whether heitml runs on the specifc Operating System, Web Server, or SQL database software you're currently using, and you'll find all that information in our Supported Platforms section. Finally, we invite you to Download a trial copy of the program for use on your own system. We know you'll appreciate this "try before you buy policy", and we look forward to any feedback you'd like to give us. 22. PHP/FI Server-side html-embedded scripting language for Post� greSQL WWW Interface Tool <http://www.vex.net/php> Professional Home Pages (PHP) <http://php.iquest.net/> Questions e-mail to : rasmus@lerdorf.on.ca The extract from the home page of PHP/FI is given below:- PHP/FI is a server-side html-embedded scripting language. It lets you write simple scripts right in your .HTML files much like JavaScript does, except, unlike JavaScript PHP/FI is not browser-dependant. JavaScript is a client-side html-embedded language while PHP/FI is a server-side language. PHP/FI is similar in concept to Netscape's LiveWire Pro product. If you have the money, you run Netscape's Commerce Server and you run one of the supported operating systems, you should probably have a look at LiveWire Pro. If you like free fast-moving software that comes with full source code you will probably like PHP/FI. 22.1. Major Features Standard CGI, FastCGI and Apache module Support As a standard CGI program, PHP/FI can be installed on any Unix machine running any Unix web server. With support for the new FastCGI standard, PHP/FI can take advantage of the speed improvements gained through this mechanism. As an Apache module, PHP/FI becomes an extremely powerful and lightning fast alternative to CGI programmimg. � Access Logging With the access logging capabilities of PHP/FI, users can maintain their own hit counting and logging. It does not use the system's central access log files in any way, and it provides real-time access monitoring. The Log Viewer Script provides a quick summary of the accesses to a set of pages owned by an individual user. In addition to that, the package can be configured to generate a footer on every page which shows access information. See the bottom of this page for an example of this. � Access Control A built-in web-based configuration screen handles access control configuration. It is possible to create rules for all or some web pages owned by a certain person which place various restrictions on who can view these pages and how they will be viewed. Pages can be password protected, completely restricted, logging disabled and more based on the client's domain, browser, e- mail address or even the referring document. � Postgres Support Postgres is an advanced free RDBMS. PHP/FI supports embedding Postgres95 and PostgreSQL SQL queries directly in .html files. � RFC-1867 File Upload Support File Upload is a new feature in Netscape 2.0. It lets users upload files to a web server. PHP/FI provides the actual Mime decoding to make this work and also provides the additional framework to do something useful with the uploaded file once it has been received. � HTTP-based authentication control PHP/FI can be used to create customized HTTP-based authentication mechanisms for the Apache web server. � Variables, Arrays, Associative Arrays PHP/FI supports typed variables, arrays and even Perl-like associative arrays. These can all be passed from one web page to another using either GET or POST method forms. � Conditionals, While Loops PHP/FI supports a full-featured C-like scripting language. You can have if/then/elseif/else/endif conditions as well as while loops and switch/case statements to guide the logical flow of how the html page should be displayed. � Extended Regular Expressions Regular expressions are heavily used for pattern matching, pattern substitutions and general string manipulation. PHP/FI supports all common regular expression operations. � Raw HTTP Header Control The ability to have web pages send customized raw HTTP headers based on some condition is essential for high-level web site design. A frequent use is to send a Location: URL header to redirect the calling client to some other URL. It can also be used to turn off cacheing or manipulate the last update header of pages. � On-the-fly GIF image creation PHP/FI has support for Thomas Boutell's GD image library which makes it possible to generate GIF images on the fly. � ISP "Safe Mode" support PHP/FI supports a unique "Safe Mode" which makes it safe to have multiple users run PHP scripts on the same server. � It's Free! One final essential feature. The package is completely free. It is licensed under the GPL which allows you to use the software for any purpose, commercial or otherwise. See the GNU Public License document for complete details. 22.2. Credits * Large parts of this code were developed at and for the University of Toronto. Many thanks to Lee Oattes of the Network Development Department at the university for constant constructive criticism. * The PostgreSQL support code was written by Adam Sussman asussman@vidya.com * Countless others have helped test and debug the package. PHP/FI Version 2.0 22.3. Brief History PHP began life as a simple little cgi wrapper written in Perl. I wrote it in an afternoon during a period between contracts when I needed a quick tool to get an idea of who was reading my online resume. It was never intended to go beyond my own private use. The web server where I had my resume was extremely overloaded and had constant problems forking processes. I rewrote the Perl wrapper in C to get rid of the considerable overhead of having to fork Perl each time my resume was accessed. Eventually other people on the same web server came across my wrapper and asked if they could use it. Then, as inevitably happens, they started asking for more features. I added more features and finally put together a semi-complete distribution along with documentation, a mailing-list and a FAQ. The name of this first package was Personal Home Page Tools, which later became Personal Home Page Construction Kit. At the same time I started playing with databases and wrote a tool to easily embed SQL queries into web pages. It was basically another CGI wrapper that parsed SQL queries and made it easy to create forms and tables based on these queries. This tool was named FI (Form Interpreter). PHP/FI version 2.0 is a complete rewrite of these two packages combined into a single program. It has now evolved to the point where it is a simple programming language embedded inside HTML files. The original acronym, PHP, has stuck. It isn't really appropriate any longer. PHP/FI is used more for entire web sites today than for small Personal Home Page setups. By whatever name, it eliminates the need for numerous small Perl cgi programs by allowing you to place simple scripts directly in your HTML files. This speeds up the overall performance of your web pages since the overhead of forking Perl several times has been eliminated. It also makes it easier to manage large web sites by placing all components of a web page in a single html file. By including support for various databases, it also makes it trivial to develop database enabled web pages. Many people find the embedded nature much easier to deal with than trying to create separate HTML and CGI files. Throughout this documentation any references to PHP, FI or PHP/FI all refer to the same thing. The difference between PHP and FI is only a conceptual one. Both are built from the same source distribution. When I build the package without any access logging or access restriction support, I call my binary FI. When I build with these options, I call it PHP. 22.4. So, what can I do with PHP/FI ? The first thing you will notice if you run a page through PHP/FI is that it adds a footer with information about the number of times your page has been accessed (if you have compiled access logging into the binary). This is just a very small part of what PHP/FI can do for you. It serves another very important role as a form interpreter cgi, hence the FI part of the name. For example, if you create a form on one of your web pages, you need something to process the information on that form. Even if you just want to pass the information to another web page, you will have to have a cgi program do this for you. PHP/FI makes it extremely easy to take form data and do things with it. 22.5. A simple example Suppose you have a form: <FORM ACTION="/cgi-bin/php.cgi/~userid/display.html" METHOD=POST> <INPUT TYPE="text" name="name"> <INPUT TYPE="text" name="age"> <INPUT TYPE="submit"> <FORM> Your display.html file could then contain something like: < ?echo "Hi $ name, you are $ age years old! " > It's that simple! PHP/FI automatically creates a variable for each form input field in your form. You can then use these variables in the ACTION URL file. The next step once you have figured out how to use variables is to start playing with some logical flow tags in your pages. For example, if you wanted to display different messages based on something the user inputs, you would use if/else logic. In our above example, we can display different things based on the age the user entered by changing our display.html to: <? if($age>50); echo "Hi $name, you are ancient!<p>"; elseif($age>30); echo "Hi $name, you are very old!<p>"; else; echo "Hi $name."; endif; > PHP/FI provides a very powerful scripting language which will do much more than what the above simple example demonstrates. See the section on the PHP/FI Script Language for more information. You can also use PHP/FI to configure who is allowed to access your pages. This is done using a built-in configuration screen. With this you could for example specify that only people from certain domains would be allowed to see your pages, or you could create a rule which would password protect certain pages. See the Access Control section for more details. PHP/FI is also capable of receiving file uploads from any RFC-1867 compliant web browser. This feature lets people upload both text and binary files. With PHP/FI's access control and logical functions, you have full control over who is allowed to upload and what is to be done with the file once it has been uploaded. See the File Upload section for more details. PHP/FI has support for the PostgreSQL database package. It supports embedded SQL queries in your .HTML files. See the section on PostgreSQL Support for more information. PHP/FI also has support for the mysql database package. It supports embedded SQL queries in your .HTML files. See the section on mysql Support for more information. 22.6. CGI Redirection Apache 1.0.x Notes A good way to run PHP/FI is by using a cgi redirection module with the Apache server. Please note that you do not need to worry about redirection modules if you are using the Apache module version of PHP/FI. There are two of these redirection modules available. One is developed by Dave Andersen angio@aros.net and it is available at ftp://ftp.aros.net/pub/util/apache/mod_cgi_redirect.c and the other comes bundled with Apache and is called mod_actions.c. The modules are extremely similar. They differ slightly in their usage. Both have been tested and both work with PHP/FI. One large caveat at the time of this writing (Apr.20/96) is that the current official Apache release (1.0.5) has a severe limitation which prevents cgi redirected requests from having any post-method data associated with them. I have tracked this down and fixed it in my version of Apache, and there is an official patch available in the File Archives on the PHP Home Page. A second rather large caveat with Apache 1.0.x is that it does not align double types correctly on most architectures. You find find yourself getting strange bus errors from your httpd when using mod_php, either upgrade to Apache 1.1 or edit the alloc.c Apache source file. In this file you will find the following piece of code: union align { /* Types which are likely to have the longest RELEVANT alignment * restrictions... we don't do much with doubles. */ char *cp; void (*f)(); long l; FILE *fp; }; You will need to add a double to this line and recompile your Apache server. The correct block of code is: union align { /* Types which are likely to have the longest RELEVANT alignment * restrictions... we don't do much with doubles. */ char *cp; void (*f)(); long l; FILE *fp; double d; }; Check the Apache documentation on how to add a module. Generally you add the module name to a file called Configuration. The line to be added if you want to use the mod_actions module is: Module action_module mod_actions.o If you are using the mod_cgi_redirect.c module add this line: Module cgi_redirect_module mod_cgi_redirect.o Then compile your httpd and install it. To configure the cgi redirection you need to either create a new mime type in your mime.types file or you can use the AddType command in your srm.conf file to add the mime type. The mime type to be added should be something like this: application/x-httpd-php phtml If you are using the mod_actions.c module you need to add the following line to your srm.conf file: Action application/x-httpd-php /cgi-bin/php.cgi If you are using mod_cgi_redirect.c you should add this line to srm.conf: CgiRedirect application/x-httpd-php /cgi-bin/php.cgi Don't try to use both mod_actions.c and mod_cgi_redirect.c at the same time. Once you have one of these cgi redirection modules installed and configured correctly, you will be able to specify that you want a file parsed by php/fi simply by making the file's extension .phtml. Furthermore, if you add index.phtml to your DirectoryIndex configuration line in your srm.conf file then the top-level page in a directory will be automatically parsed by php if your index file is called index.phtml. Netscape HTTPD You can automatically redirect requests for files with a given extension to be handled by PHP/FI by using the Netscape Server CGI Redirection module. This module is available in the File Archives on the PHP/FI Home Page. The README in the package explicitly explains how to configure it for use with PHP/FI. NCSA HTTPD NCSA does not currently support modules, so in order to do cgi redirection with this server you need to modify your server source code. A patch to do this with NCSA 1.5 is available in the PHP/FI file archives. 22.7. Running PHP/FI from the command line If you build the CGI version of PHP/FI, you can use it from the command line simply typing: php.cgi filename where filename is the file you want to parse. You can also create standalone PHP/FI scripts by making the first line of your script look something like: #!/usr/local/bin/php.cgi -q The "-q" suppresses the printing of the HTTP headers. You can leave off this option if you like. 23. Python Interface for PostgreSQL PyGres95 is a python interface for the PostgreSQL. See the readme file at <ftp://ftp.via.ecp.fr/pub/python/contrib/Database/PyGres95.README > Package is available from <ftp://ftp.via.ecp.fr/pub/python/contrib/Database/PyGres95-1.0b.tar.gz > The extract from the home page of PyGres95 is given below:- PyGres - v1.0b : PostgreSQL module for Python PyGres95, version 1.0b A Python interface for PostgreSQL database. Written by Pascal Andre, andre@chimay.via.ecp.fr PostgreSQL is a database system derived from Postgres4.2. It conforms to (most of) ANSI SQL and offer many interesting possibilities (C dynamic linking for functions or type definition, time travel, ...). This package is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California, and is freely distributable. Python is a interpretated programming langage. It is object oriented, simple to use (light syntax, simple and straighforward statements), and has many extensions for building GUIs, interfacing with WWW, ... An "intelligent" web browser (HotJava like) is currently under development (november 1995), and this should open programmers many doors. Python is copyrighted by Stichting Mathematisch Centrum, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and is freely distributable. PyGres95 is a python module that interfaces PostgreSQL database. It embeds PostgreSQL query library to allow an easy use of powerful PostgreSQL features cooperatively with all the other python modules. It has been developed on a Linux 1.3/ELF system, but have been tested on a Solaris 2.4 platform. Anyway, it should work on any platform where python and postgreSQL are available. 23.1. Where to get PyGres ? The home sites of the differents packages are: � Python : <ftp.python.org:/pub/python> � PostgreSQL : <ftp.s2k-ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/pub/postgres95> � PyGres95 : <ftp.via.ecp.fr:/pub/python/contrib> You should anyway try to find some mirror site closer of your site. Refer to the information sources to find these sites. PyGres95 should reside in the contrib directories of Python and PostgreSQL sites. 23.2. Information and support If you need information about these packages please check their web sites: � Python : <http://www.python.org/> � PostgreSQL : <http://epoch.cs.berkeley.edu:8000/postgres95/index.html> � PyGres95 : <http://www.via.ecp.fr/via/products/pygres.html> For support : � Python : newsgroup comp.lang.python � PostgreSQL : mailing list (see package documentation for information) � PyGres95 : contact me andre@via.ecp.fr for bug reports, ideas, remarks I will try to answer as long as my free time allow me to do that. 24. Gateway between PostgreSQL and the WWW - WDB-P95 WDB-P95 - A Web interface to PostgreSQL Databases. It is at <http://www.eol.ists.ca/~dunlop/wdb-p95/> The extract from the home page of WDB-P95 is given below:- Version 1.4b2 beta - Created by J. Douglas Dunlop About wdb-p95 This is a modified version of wdb-1.3a2 which provides a gateway to a the WWW for PostgreSQL. This version also requires a Browser that is capable of handling HTML Tables for the tabular output. This is not required by the original wdb and can be fairly easily reverted. (I only wanted tables because the < pre > stuff just didn't agree with me!) You can try out my CASI Tape and Image Query. You can have a peek at the Form Definition File (FDF) that I used to create the CASI Tape and Image Query too, which includes a JOIN of 2 tables. This release contains all files necessary to install and run WDB-P95 as an interface to your PostgreSQL databases. To port this system to other database should be relatively easy - provided that it supports standard SQL and has a Perl interface. 24.1. Does the PostgreSQL server,pgperl, and httpd have to be on the same host? No - the PostgreSQL server does not have to be on the same host. As WDB-P95 is called by the http daemon, they have to be on the same host. - And as WDB-P95 was written to use Pg.pm - pgperl has to be on the same host too. Pgperl was written using the libpq library, so it will be able to access any PostgreSQL server anywhere in the net, just like any other PostgreSQL client. As illustrated below {WWW Client (Netscape)} => {HTTP Server (NCSA's http) + WDB-P95 + pgperl + libpq}=> {PostgreSQL server} Curly brackets () represent machines. Each machine can be of a different type : NT, SUN, HP, ... but you need the libpq interface library for the machine type where you plan to use WDB-P95, as you need it to compile pgperl. (The system was designed to use HTML tables so a recent WWW client is best) 24.2. New Version New versions of the software and the above pages are always available from the WDB-P95 Home page. <http://www.eol.ists.ca/~dunlop/wdb-p95/> For questions or to join Mailing lists contact dunlop@eol.ists.ca 25. C" language Interface for PostgreSQL Included in distribution and is called 'libpq'. Similar to Oracle OCI, Sybase DB-lib, Informix CLI libraries. 26. C++" language Interface for PostgreSQL Included in distribution and is called 'libpq++'. 27. ESQL/C for PostgreSQL Embedded C Pre-compiler for PostgreSQL ESQL/C like Oracle Pro*C, Informix ESQL/C: � <ftp://ftp.lysator.liu.se/pub/linus> � Email : linus@epact.se The PostgreSQL ESQL/C is an SQL application-programming interface (API) enables the C programmer to create custom applications with database-management capabilities. The PostgreSQL ESQL/C allows you to use a third-generation language with which you are familiar and still take advantage of the Structured Query Language (SQL). ESQL/C consists of the following pieces of software: � The ESQL/C libraries of C functions provide access to the database server. � The ESQL/C header files provide definitions for the data structures, constants, and macros useful to the ESQL/C program. � The ESQL/C preprocessor, is a source-code preprocessor that converts a C file containing SQL statements into an executable file. 28. BitWise Operators for PostgreSQL Bitwise operators was written by Nicolas Moldavsky nico@overnet.com.ar "C" functions that implement bitwise operators (AND, OR, XOR, bit complement) on pgsql. If anyone would like to use them, can get them by anonymous FTP from � <ftp://ftp.overnet.com.ar/pub/utils/linux/bitpgsql.tgz> There included is a Makefile that works fine on Linux. 29. Japanese Kanji Code for PostgreSQL Very useful for Japanese people. It is at the following site <ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/cmd/postgres/> 30. PostgreSQL Port to Windows 95/Windows NT Port to Windows 95/Windows NT is underway. Porting is being done using gcc, gmake for Win NT/95. To compile source code on win32 gnu- win32 program is used. GNU gcc is available for win32. Check this site - � <http://www.cygnus.com/misc/gnu-win32> At this site and get the file cdk.exe (self-extractor file for gnu- win32) Porting can also be done using the following "Unix-Emulator on NT" tool from � <http://www.softway.com> 31. Mailing Lists and Newsgroups 31.1. Newsgroups There is newsgroup for PostgreSQL at news.postgresql.org Please follow these steps to subscribe 1. Choose Window | Netscape News 2. Choose File | Open News Host 3. Type news.postgresql.org in the edit box. 4. The name of the newsgroup is comp.databases.postgresql.questions. To add right-click on news.postgresql.org, and choose Add Newsgroup. Then type the newsgroup into the edit box. The newsgroup will be added to the list in the left hand pane. 5. Newsgroups will be listed in the left hand pane. Any messages in the selected newsgroup will appear in the right hand pane. 31.2. Get a Free e-mail account Check out the free deals offered - get free e-mail accounts from � In Yahoo <http://www.yahoo.com> click on e-mail � In Lycos <http://www.lycos.com> click on new e-mail accounts � In hotmail <http://www.hotmail.com> click on new e-mail accounts Subscribe to PostgreSQL mailing list and Yahoo has additional feature of creating a seperate folder for PostgreSQL e-mails, so that your regular e-mail is not cluttered. Select menu Email- > Options- > Filters and pick seperate folder for email. With this e-mail account you can access mail from anywhere in the world as long as you have access to a web page. If you have any other e-mail, you can use "Mail Filters" to receive automatically the PostgreSQL mails into a seperate folder. This way it will be better organised and you avoid mail cluttering. 31.3. English Mailing List See the Mailing Lists Item on the main web page at : <http://www.postgresql.org/> � Email questions to: pgsql-questions@postgresql.org � Developers pgsql-hackers@postgresql.org � Port specific questions pgsql-ports@postgresql.org � Documentation questions pgsql-docs@postgresql.org You will get the answers/replies back by e-mail in less than a day!! You can also subscribe to mailing lists. See also the section 'Get a Free e-mail account' above. To subscribe or unsubscribe from the list, send mail to � pgsql-questions-request@postgresql.org � pgsql-hackers-request@postgresql.org � pgsql-ports-request@postgresql.org � pgsql-docs-request@postgresql.org The body of the message should contain the single line subscribe (or) unsubscribe 31.4. Archive of Mailing List Also mailing lists are archived in html format at the following location - � <ftp://ftp.postgresql.org> directory is /pub/majordomo 31.5. Spanish Mailing List Now there is an "unofficial" list of postgreSQL in Spanish. See also the section 'Free Account to Organise your PostgreSQL e-mails' above. To subscribe the user has to send a message to: � majordomo@tlali.iztacala.unam.mx The body of the message should contain the single line: inscripcion pgsql-ayuda 32. Documentation and Reference Books 32.1. User Guides and Manuals The following are included in the PostgreSQL distribution in the postscript format and unix man-pages. If you have access to internet, you can find the documents listed below at <http://www.postgresql.org/docs> � "User Guide" for PostgreSQL � "Implementation Guide" detailing database internals of PostgreSQL. � Online manuals. � Online manuals in HTML formats. � Also manuals in Postscript format for printing hard copies. 32.2. Online Documentation � Listing and description of default data types and operators Will be a part of PSQL command in the next release 6.3. Already completed. � Listing of supported SQL keywords There is a script in the /tools directory to do that � Listings of supported statements - Use the command psql \h � Basic relational database concepts under PostgreSQL (implementation) and Tons of online examples (queries) - Look at the regression tests at src/test. There you can find the directories regress/sql and suite/*.sql. � Tutorial for PostgreSQL. SQL tutorial scripts is in the directory src/tutorial See also "SQL Tutorial for beginners" in Appendix C of this document ``'' 32.3. Useful Reference Textbooks � "Understanding the New SQL: A Complete Guide" - by Jim Melton and Alan R.Simon Morgan Kaufman Publisher is one of best SQL books. This deals with SQL92. � "A Guide to THE SQL STANDARD" - by C.J.Date Addison-Wesley Publishing company is also a good book. Very popular book for SQL. � SQL - The Standard Handbook, November 1992 Stephen Cannan and Gerard Otten McGraw-Hill Book Company Europe , Berkshire, SL6 2QL, England � SQL Instant Reference, 1993 Martin Gruber, Technical Editor: Joe Celko SYBEX Inc. 2021 Challenger Drive Alameda, CA 94501 � C.J.Date, "An introduction to Database Systems" (6th Edition), Addison-Wesley, 1995, ISBN 0-201-82458-2 This book is the Bible of Database Management Systems. The book details normalization, SQL, recovery, concurrency, security, integrity, and extensions to the original relational model, current issues like client/server systems and the Object Oriented model(s). Many references are included for further reading. Recommended for most users. � Stefan Stanczyk, "Theory and Practice of Relational Databases", UCL Press Ltd, 1990, ISBN 1-857-28232-9 Book details theory of relational databases, relational algebra, calculus and normalisation. But it does not cover real world issues and examples beyond simple examples. Recommended for most users. � "The Practical SQL Handbook" Third Edition, Addison Wesley Developers Press ISBN 0-201-44787-8 Recommended for most users. � Michael Stonebraker, "Readings in Database Systems", Morgan Kaufmann, 1988, ISBN 0-934613-65-6 This book is a collection of papers that have been published over the years on databases. It's not for the casual user but it is really a reference for advanced (post-graduate) students or database system developers. � C.J.Date, "Relational Database - Selected Readings", Addison- Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-14196-5 This book is a collection of papers that have been published over the years on databases. It's not for the casual user but it is really a reference for advanced (post-graduate) students or database system developers. � Nick Ryan and Dan Smith, "Database Systems Engineering", International Thomson Computer Press, 1995, ISBN 1-85032-115-9 This book goes into the details of access methods, storage techniques. � Bipin C. Desai, "An introduction to Database Systems", West Publishing Co., 1990, ISBN 0-314-66771-7 It's not for the casual user but it is for advanced (post-graduate) students or database system developers. � Joe Celko "INSTANT SQL Programming" Wrox Press Ltd. Unit 16, 20 James Road, Tyseley Birmingham, B11 2BA, England 1995 � Michael Gorman "Database Management Systems: Understanding and Applying Database" Technology QED and John Wiley 1991 � Michael Gorman "Enterprise Database for a Client/Server Environment" QED and John Wiley Presents the requirements of building client/server database applications via repository metamodels and the use of ANSI standard SQL 1993 Hundreds of other titles on SQL are available! Check out a bookstore. 32.4. ANSI/ISO SQL Specifications documents - SQL 1992, SQL 1998 ANSI/ISO SQL specifications documents can be found at these sites listed below - � <http://www.naiua.org/std-orgs.html> � <http://www.ansi.org/docs> and click on file cat_c.html and search with "Database SQL" � SQL92 standard <http://www.jcc.com> and click on file sql_stnd.html � ANSI/ISO SQL specifications <http://www.contrib.andrew.cmu.edu/~shadow/sql.html> You will find SQL Reference here. 32.5. Syntax of ANSI/ISO SQL 1992 See Appendix A of this document ``'' 32.6. Syntax of ANSI/ISO SQL 1998 See Appendix B of this document ``'' 32.7. SQL Tutorial for beginners See Appendix C of this document ``'' 32.8. Temporal Extension to SQL92 � Document for Temporal Extension to SQL-92 <ftp://FTP.cs.arizona.edu/tsql/tsql2/> � Temporal SQL-3 specification <ftp://FTP.cs.arizona.edu/tsql/tsql2/sql3/> This directory contains the language specification for a temporal extension to the SQL-92 language standard. This new language is designated TSQL2. The language specification present here is the final version of the language. Correspondence may be directed to the chair of the TSQL2 Language Design Committee, Richard T.Snodgrass, Department of Computer Science, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721, rts@cs.arizona.edu . The affiliations and e-mail addresses of the TSQL2 Language Design Committee members may be found in a separate section at the end of the language specification. The contents of this directory are as follows. spec.dvi,.ps TSQL2 Language Specification, published in September, 1994 bookspec.ps TSQL2 Language Specification, as it appears in the TSQL2 book, published in September, 1995 (see below). sql3 change proposals submitted to the ANSI and ISO SQL3 committees. Associated with the language specification is a collection of commentaries which discuss design decisions, provide examples, and consider how the language may be implemented. These commentaries were originally proposals to the TSQL2 Language Design Committee. They now serve a different purpose: to provide examples of the constructs, motivate the many decisions made during the language design, and compare TSQL2 with the many other language proposals that have been made over the last fifteen years. It should be emphasized that these commentaries are not part of the TSQL2 language specification per se, but rather supplement and elaborate upon it. The language specification proper is the final word on TSQL2. The commentaries, along with the language specification, several indexes, and other supporting material, has been published as a book: Snodgrass, R.T., editor, The TSQL2 Temporal Query Language, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1995, 674+xxiv pages. The evaluation commentary appears in the book in an abbreviated form; the full commentary is provided in this directory as file eval.ps The file tl2tsql2.pl is a prolog program that tranlates allowed temporal logic to TSQL2. This program was written by Michael Boehlen boehlen@iesd.auc.dk He may be contacted for a paper that describes this translation. This is a rather dated version of that program. Newer versions are available at <http://www.cs.auc.dk/general/DBS/tdb/TimeCenter/Software> (the TimeDB and Tiger systems). 32.9. Part 0 - Acquiring ISO/ANSI SQL Documents This document shows you how to (legally) acquire a copy of the SQL-92 standard and how to acquire a copy of the "current" SQL3 Working Draft. The standard is copyrighted ANSI standard by ANSI, the ISO standard by ISO. There are two (2) current SQL standards, an ANSI publication and an ISO publication. The two standards are word-for-word identical except for such trivial matters as the title of the document, page headers, the phrase "International Standard" vs "American Standard", and so forth. Buying the SQL-92 Standard The ISO standard, ISO/IEC 9075:1992, Information Technology - Database Languages - SQL, is currently (March, 1993) available and in stock from ANSI at: American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 (USA) Phone (sales): +1.212.642.4900 at a cost of US$230.00. The ANSI version, ANSI X3.135-1992, American National Standard for Information Systems - Database Language SQL, was not available from stock at this writing, but was expected to be available by some time between late March and early May, 1993). It is expected to be be priced at US$225.00. If you purchase either document from ANSI, it will have a handling charge of 7% added to it (that is, about US$9.10). Overseas shipping charges will undoubtedly add still more cost. ANSI requires a hardcopy of a company purchase order to accompany all orders; alternately, you can send a check drawn on a US bank in US dollars, which they will cash and clear before shipping your order. (An exception exists: If your organization is a corporate member of ANSI, then ANSI will ship the documents and simply bill your company.) The ISO standard is also available outside the United States from local national bodies (country standardization bodies) that are members of either ISO (International Organization for Standardization) or IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). Copies of the list of national bodies and their addresses are available from ANSI or from other national bodies. They are also available from ISO: International Organization for Standardization Central Secretariat 1, rue de Varembi CH-1211 Genhve 20 Switzerland If you prefer to order the standard in a more convenient and quick fashion, you'll have to pay for the privilege. You can order ISO/IEC 9075:1992, Information Technology - Database Languages - SQL, from: Global Engineering Documents 2805 McGaw Ave Irvine, CA 92714 (USA) USA Phone (works from anywhere): +1.714.261.1455 Phone (only in the USA): (800)854-7179 for a cost of US$308.00. I do not know if that includes shipping or not, but I would guess that international shipping (at least) would cost extra. They will be able to ship you a document fairly quickly and will even accept "major credit cards". Global does not yet have the ANSI version nor do they have a price or an expected date (though I would expect it within a few weeks following the publication by ANSI and at a price near US$300.00). Buying a copy of the SQL3 Working Draft You can purchase a hardcopy of the SQL3 working draft from the ANSI X3 Secretariat, CBEMA (Computer and Business Equipment Manufacturers Association). They intend to keep the "most recent" versions of the SQL3 working draft available and sell them for about US$60.00 to US$65.00. You can contact CBEMA at: CBEMA, X3 Secretariat Attn: Lynn Barra 1250 Eye St. Suite 200 Washington, DC 20005 (USA) Lynn Barra can also be reached by telephone at +1.202.626.5738 to request a copy, though mail is probably more courteous. Electronic Access to the SQL3 Working Draft The most recent version (as of the date of this writing) of the SQL3 (both ANSI and ISO) working draft (and all of its Parts) is available by "anonymous ftp" or by "ftpmail" on: gatekeeper.dec.com at /pub/standards/sql/ In this directory are a number of files. There are PostScript. files and "plain text" (not prettily formatted, but readable on a screen without special software). In general, you can find files with names like: sql-bindings-mar94.ps sql-bindings-mar94.txt sql-cli-mar94.ps sql-cli-mar94.txt sql-foundation-mar94.ps sql-foundation-mar94.txt sql-framework-mar94.ps sql-framework-mar94.txt sql-psm-mar94.ps sql-psm-mar94.txt As new versions of the documents are produced, the "mar94" will change to indicate the new date of publication (e.g., "aug94" is the expected date of the next publication after "mar94"). In addition, for those readers unable to get a directory listing by FTP, we have placed a file with the name: ls into the same directory. This file (surprise!) contains a directory listing of the directory. Retrieving Files Directly Using ftp This is a sample of how to use FTP. Specifically, it shows how to connect to gatekeeper.dec.com, get to the directory where the base document is kept, and transfer the document to your host. Note that your host must have Internet access to do this. The login is 'ftp' and the password is your email address (this is sometimes referred to as 'anonymous ftp'). The command 'type binary' is used to ensure that no bits are stripped from the file(s) received. 'get' gets one file at a time. Comments in the script below are inside angle brackets <like so>. % ftp gatekeeper.dec.com Connected to gatekeeper.dec.com. 220- *** /etc/motd.ftp *** Gatekeeper.DEC.COM is an unsupported service of DEC Corporate Research. <...this goes on for a while...> 220 gatekeeper.dec.com FTP server (Version 5.83 Sat ... 1992) ready. Name (gatekeeper.dec.com:<yourlogin here>): ftp <anonymous also works> 331 Guest login ok, send ident as password. Password: <enter your email address here > 230 Guest login ok, access restrictions apply. Remote system type is UNIX. <or whatever> Using binary mode to transfer files. ftp> cd pub/standards/sql 250 CWD command successful. ftp> dir 200 PORT command successful. 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection for /bin/ls. total 9529 -r--r--r-- 1 root system 357782 Feb 25 10:18 x3h2-93-081.ps -r--r--r-- 1 root system 158782 Feb 25 10:19 x3h2-93-081.txt -r--r--r-- 1 root system 195202 Feb 25 10:20 x3h2-93-082.ps -r--r--r-- 1 root system 90900 Feb 25 10:20 x3h2-93-082.txt -r--r--r-- 1 root system 5856284 Feb 25 09:55 x3h2-93-091.ps -r--r--r-- 1 root system 3043687 Feb 25 09:57 x3h2-93-091.txt 226 Transfer complete. ftp> type binary 200 Type set to I. ftp> get x3h2-93-082.txt 200 PORT command successful. 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for x3h2-93-082.txt (90900 bytes). 226 Transfer complete. 90900 bytes received in 0.53 seconds (166.11 Kbytes/s) ftp> quit % <the file is now in your directory as x3h2-93-082.txt> Retrieving Files Without Direct ftp Support Digital Equipment Corporation, like several other companies, provides ftp email service. The response can take several days, but it does provide a service equivalent to ftp for those without direct Internet ftp access. The address of the server is: ftpmail@decwrl.dec.com The following script will retrieve the PostScript for the latest version of the SQL3 document: reply joe.programmer@imaginary-corp.com connect gatekeeper.dec.com anonymous binary compress The following script will retrieve the PostScript for the latest version of the SQL3 document: reply joe.programmer@imaginary-corp.com connect gatekeeper.dec.com anonymous binary compress uuencode chdir /pub/standards/sql get x3h2-93-091.ps quit The first line in the script commands the server to return the requested files to you; you should replace "joe.programmer@imaginary-corp.com" with your Internet address. The file in this example, x3h2-93-091.ps, is returned in "compress"ed "uuencode"d format as 34 separate email messages. If your environment does not provide tools for reconstructing such files, then you could retrieve the file as plain text with the following script: reply joe.programmer@imaginary-corp.com connect gatekeeper.dec.com anonymous chdir /pub/standards/sql get x3h2-93-091.ps quit But be warned, the .ps file will probably be sent to you in more than 70 parts! To retrieve any particular file, other than x3h2-93-091.ps, simply replace "x3h2-93-091.ps" with the name of the desired file. To get a directory listing of all files available, replace "get x3h2-93-091.ps" with "dir". 32.10. Part 1 - ISO/ANSI SQL Current Status This chapter is a source of information about the SQL standards process and its current state. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Current Status Development is currently underway to enhance SQL into a computationally complete language for the definition and management of persistent, complex objects. This includes: generalization and specialization hierarchies, multiple inheritance, user defined data types, triggers and assertions, support for knowledge based systems, recursive query expressions, and additional data administration tools. It also includes the specification of abstract data types (ADTs), object identifiers, methods, inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation, and all of the other facilities normally associated with object data management. In the fall of 1996, several parts of SQL3 went through a ISO CD ballot. Those parts were SQL/Framework, SQL/Foundation, and SQL/Bindings. Those ballots failed (as expected) with 900 or so comments. In Late January, there was an ISO DBL editing meeting that processed a large number of problem solutions that were either included with ballot comments or submitted as separate papers. Since the DBL editing meeting was unable to process all of the comments, the editing meeting has been extended. The completion of the editing meeting is scheduled for the end of July, 1997, in London. Following the July editing meeting, the expectation is that a Final CD ballot will be requested for these parts of SQL. The Final CD process will take about 6 months and a DBL editing meeting, after which there will be a DIS ballot and a fairly quick IS ballot. The ISO procedures have changed since SQL/92, so the SQL committees are still working through the exact details of the process. If everything goes well, these parts of SQL3 will become an official ISO/IEC standard in late 1998, but the schedule is very tight. In 1993, the ANSI and ISO development committees decided to split future SQL development into a multi-part standard. The Parts are: * Part 1: Framework A non-technical description of how the document is structured. * Part 2: Foundation The core specification, including all of the new ADT features. * Part 3: SQL/CLI The Call Level Interface. * Part 4: SQL/PSM The stored procedures specification, including computational completeness. * Part 5: SQL/Bindings The Dynamic SQL and Embedded SQL bindings taken from SQL-92. * Part 6: SQL/XA An SQL specialization of the popular XA Interface developed by X/Open * Part 7:SQL/TemporalAdds time related capabilities to the SQL standards. In the USA, the entirety of SQL3 is being processed as both an ANSI Domestic ("D") project and as an ISO project. The expected time frame for completion of SQL3 is currently 1999. The SQL/CLI and SQL/PSM are being processed as fast as possible as addendums to SQL-92. In the USA, these are being processed only as International ("I") projects. SQL/CLI was completed in 1995. SQL/PSM should be completed sometime in late 1996. In addition to the SQL3 work, a number of additional projects are being persued: * SQL/MM An ongoing effort to define standard multi-media packages using the SQL3 ADT capabilities. * Remote Data Access (RDA) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Standards Committee and Process There are actually a number of SQL standards committees around the world. There is an international SQL standards group as a part of ISO. A number of countries have committees that focus on SQL. These countries (usually) send representatives to ISO/IEC JTC1/SC 21/WG3 DBL meetings. The countries that actively participate in the ISO SQL standards process are: * Australia * Brazil * Canada * France * Germany * Japan * Korea * The Netherlands * United Kingdom * United States ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- NIST Validation SQL implementations are validated (in the Unites States) by the National Institute of Standards and Testing (NIST). NIST currently has a validation test suite for entry level SQL-92. The exact details of the NIST validation requirements are defined as a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS). The current requirements for SQL are defined in FIPS 127-2. The Postscript and Text versions of this document can be retrieved from NIST. The current SQL Validated Products List can also be retrieved from NIST. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Standard SQL Publications and Articles There are two versions of the SQL standard. Both are available from ANSI: * ISO/IEC 9075:1992, "Information Technology --- Database Languages --- SQL" * ANSI X3.135-1992, "Database Language SQL" The two versions of the SQL standard are identical except for the front matter and references to other standards. Both versions are available from: * American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 USA Phone (sales): +1.212.642.4900 In additon to the SQL-92 standard, there is now a Technical Corrigendum (bug fixes): * Technical Corrigendum 1:1994 to ISO/IEC 9075:1992 TC 1 should also be available from ANSI. There is only an ISO version of TC 1 -- it applies both to the ISO and ANSI versions of SQL-92. In addition to the standards, several books have been written about the 1992 SQL standard. These books provide a much more readable description of the standard than the actual standard. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Related Standards A number of other standards are of interest to the SQL community. This section contains pointers to information on those efforts. These pointers will be augmented as additional information becomes available on the web. * SQL Environments (FIPS 193) * Next Generation Repository Systems (X3H4) - a News Release calling for particpation in "Developing Standards for the Next Generation Repository Systems." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.11. Part 2 - ISO/ANSI SQL Foundation A significant portion of the SQL3 effort is in the SQL Foundation document: * Base SQL/PSM capabilities (moved form SQL/PSM-92) * New data types * Triggers * Subtables * Abstract Data Types (ADT) * Object Oriented Capabilities There are several prerequisites to the object oriented capabilities: * Capability of defining complex operations * Store complex operations in the database * External procedure calls � Some operations may not be in SQL, or may require external interactions These capabilities are defined as a part of SQL/PSM A great deal of work is currently being done to refine the SQL-3 object model and align it with the object model proposed by ODMG. This effort is described in the X3H2 and ISO DBL paper: Accomodating SQL3 and ODMG. A recent update on the SQL3/OQL Merger is also available. SQL3 Timing Work on SQL3 is well underway, but the final standards is several years away. * International ballot to progress SQL3 Foundation from Working Draft to Committee Draft (CD) taking place fall, 1996. * Ballot is expected to generate numerous comments * A second CD ballot is likely to be required * Draft International Standard ballot is likely to be take place in mid 1998 * International Standard could be completed by mid 1999. The ANSI version of the standard will be on a similar schedule. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.12. Part 3 - ISO/ANSI SQL Call Level Interface The SQL/CLI is a programing call level interface to SQL databases. It is designed to support database access from shrink-wrapped applications. The CLI was originally created by a subcommittee of the SQL Access Group (SAG). The SAG/CLI specification was published as the Microsoft Open DataBase Connectivity (ODBC) specification in 1992. In 1993, SAG submitted the CLI to the ANSI and ISO SQL committees. (The SQL Access Group has now merged with X/Open consortium.) SQL/CLI provides an international standard for: * Implementation-independent CLI to access SQL databases * Client-server tools can easily access database through dynamic Link Libraries * Supports and encourages rich set of Client-server tools SQL/CLI Timing For the standards process, SQL/CLI is being processed with blinding speed. * SQL/CLI is an addendum to 1992 SQL standard (SQL-92) * Completed as an ISO standard in 1995 * ISO/IEC 9075-3:1995 Information technology -- Database languages -- SQL -- Part 3: Call-Level Interface (SQL/CLI) * Current SQL/CLI effort is adding support for SQL3 features ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.13. Part 4 - ISO/ANSI SQL Persistent Stored Modules SQL/PSM expands SQL by adding: * Procedural language extensions * Multi-statement and Stored Procedures * External function and procedure calls In addition to being a valuable application development tool, SQL/PSM provides the foundation support for the object oriented capabilities in SQL3. Multi-statement and Stored Procedures Multi-statement and stored procedures offer a variety of advantages in a client/server environment: * Performance - Since a stored procedure can perform multiple SQL statements, network interaction with the client are reduced. * Security - A user can be given the right to call a stored procedure that updates a table or set of tables but denied the right to update the tables directly * Shared code - The code in a stored procedure does not have to be rewritten and retested for each client tool that accesses the database. * Control - Provides a single point of definition and control for application logic. Procedural Language Extensions Procedural language add the power of a traditional programming language to SQL through flow control statements and a variety of other programming constructs. Flow Control Statements * If-then-else * Looping constructs * Exception handling * Case statement * Begin-End blocks The procedural language extensions include other programming language constructs: * Variable declarations * Set statements for value assignment * Get diagnostics for process and status information In addition, all of the traditional SQL statements can be included in multi-statement procedures. External Procedure and Function Calls One feature frequently mentioned in the wish lists for many database products, and implemented in some, is a capability augmenting the built-in features with calls to user-written procedures external to the database software. * Allows a particular site or application to add their own database functions * Can be used throughout the database applications The benefit of this capability is that it gives the database (and therefore database applications) access to a rich set of procedures and functions too numerous to be defined by a standards committee. SQL/PSM Timing SQL/PSM is proceeding quickly: * SQL/PSM is an addendum to SQL-92 * International ballot to progress SQL/PSM from a Draft International Standard to an International Standard ended January, 1996. * Editing meeting in May, 1996 did not resolve all of the comments * Continuation of PSM Editing meeting is scheduled for September 30 through October 4, 1996 * The schedule is tight but there is a chance that PSM will be published with a 1996 date. * The official designation will be: ISO/IEC DIS 9075-4:199? Information technology -- Database languages -- SQL -- Part 4: SQL Persistent Stored Modules (SQL/PSM) * Work is well underway on adding SQL/PSM support for SQL3 features. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.14. Part 5 - ISO/ANSI SQL/Bindings For ease of reference, the programming language bindings have been pulled out into a separate document. The current version is simply an extract of the dynamic and embedded bindings from SQL-92. A variety of issues remain unresolved for the programming language bindings. For traditional programming language, mappings exist for the SQL-92 datatypes. However, mappings must be defined between SQL objects and programming language variables. For object oriented languages, mapping must be defined for the current SQL datatypes and between the SQL object model and the object model of the object-oriented language. The object model needs to stabilize before these can be addressed. The language bindings will be completed as a part of SQL3. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.15. Part 6 - ISO/ANSI SQL XA Interface Specialization (SQL/XA) This specification would standardize an application program interface (API) between a global Transaction Manager and an SQL Resource Manager. It would standardize the function calls, based upon the semantics of ISO/IEC 10026, "Distributed Transaction Processing", that an SQL Resource Manager would have to support for two-phase commit. The base document is derived from an X/Open publication, with X/Open permission, that specifies explicit input and output parameters and semantics, in terms of SQL data types, for the following functions: xa_close, xa_commit, xa_complete, xa_end, xa_forget, xa_open, xa_prepare, xa_recover, xa_rollback, and xa_start. ISO is currently attempting to fast-track the X/Open XA specification. The fast-track process adopts a current industry specification with no changes. The XA fast-track ballot at the ISO SC21, JTC 1 level started on April 27, 1995 and ends on October 27, 1995. If the XA specification is approved by 75% of the votes, and by 2/3 of the p-members of JTC 1, it will become an International Standard. If the fast-track ballot is approved, SQL/XA could become a standard in 1996. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 32.16. Part 7 - ISO/ANSI SQL Temporal Temporal SQL deals with time-related data. The concept is that it is useful to query data to discover what it looked like at a particular point in time. Temporal SQL is a December, 1994 paper by Rick Snodgrass describing the concepts. X3 Announces the Approval of a New Project, ISO/IEC 9075 Part 7: SQL/Temporal is a press release related to SQL/Temporal. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Temporal SQL ************ Rick Snodgrass (chair of the TSQL2 committee) 31-Dec-1994 Several people have questioned the need for additional support for time in SQL3 (as proposed by DBL RIO-75, requesting a new part of SQL to support temporal databases). The claim is that abstract data types (ADT's) are sufficient for temporal support. In this informational item, I argue, using concrete examples, that using columns typed with abstract data types is inadequate for temporal queries. In particular, many common temporal queries are either difficult to simulate in SQL, or require embedding SQL in a procedural language. Alternatives are expressed in TSQL2, a temporal extension to SQL-92. 1. INTRODUCTION Valid-time support goes beyond that of a temporal ADT. With the latter, a column is specified as of a temporal domain, such as DATE or INTERVAL (examples will be given shortly). With valid time, the rows of a table vary over time, as reality changes. The timestamp associated with a row of a valid-time table is interpreted by the query language as the time when the combination of values of the columns in the row was valid. This implicit timestamp allows queries to be expressed succinctly and intuitively. 2. A CASE STUDY 2.1 STORING CURRENT INFORMATION The University of Arizona's Office of Appointed Personnel has some information in a database, including each employee's name, their current salary, and their current title. This can be represented by a simple table. Employee(Name, Salary, Title) Given this table, finding an employee's salary is easy. SELECT Salary FROM Employee WHERE Name = 'Bob' Now the OAP wishes to record the date of birth. To do so, a column is added to the table, yielding the following schema. Employee(Name, Salary, Title, DateofBirth DATE) Finding the employee's date of birth is analogous to determining the salary. SELECT DateofBirth FROM Employee WHERE Name = 'Bob' 2.2 STORING HISTORY INFORMATION The OAP wishes to computerize the employment history. To do so, they append two columns, one indicating when the information in the row became valid, the other indicating when the information was no longer valid. Employee (Name, Salary, Title, DateofBirth, Start DATE, Stop DATE) To the data model, these new columns are identical to DateofBirth. However, their presence has wide-ranging consequences. 2.3 PROJECTION To find an employee's current salary, things are more difficult. SELECT Salary FROM Employee WHERE Name = 'Bob' AND Start <= CURRENT_DATE AND CURRENT_DATE <= Stop This query is more complicated than the previous one. The culprit is obviously the two new columns. The OAP wants to distribute to each employee their salary history. Specifically, for each person, the maximal intervals at each salary needs to be determined. Unfortunately, this is not possible in SQL. An employee could have arbitrarily many title changes between salary changes. Name Salary Title DateofBirth Start Stop ---- ------ ----- ----------- ----- ---- Bob 60000 Assistant Provost 1945-04-09 1993-01-01 1993-05-30 Bob 70000 Assistant Provost 1945-04-09 1993-06-01 1993-09-30 Bob 70000 Provost 1945-04-09 1993-10-01 1994-01-31 Bob 70000 Professor 1945-04-09 1994-02-01 1994-12-31 Figure 1 Note that there are three rows in which Bob's salary remained constant at $70,000. Hence, the result should be two rows for Bob. Name Salary Start Stop ---- ------ ----- ---- Bob 60000 1993-01-01 1993-05-30 Bob 70000 1993-06-01 1994-12-31 One alternative is to give the user a printout of Salary and Title information, and have user determine when his/her salary changed. This alternative is not very appealing or realistic. A second alternative is to use SQL as much as possible. CREATE TABLE Temp(Salary, Start, Stop) AS SELECT Salary, Start, Stop FROM Employee; repeat UPDATE Temp T1 SET (T1.Stop) = (SELECT MAX(T2.Stop) FROM Temp AS T2 WHERE T1.Salary = T2.Salary AND T1.Start < T2.Start AND T1.Stop >= T2.Start AND T1.Stop < T2.Stop) WHERE EXISTS (SELECT * FROM Temp AS T2 WHERE T1.Salary = T2.Salary AND T1.Start < T2.Start AND T1.Stop >= T2.Start AND T1.Stop < T2.Stop) until no rows updated; DELETE FROM Temp T1 WHERE EXISTS (SELECT * FROM Temp AS T2 WHERE T1.Salary = T2.Salary AND ((T1.Start > T2.Start AND T1.Stop <= T2.Stop) OR (T1.Start >= T2.Start AND T1.Stop < T2.Stop)) The loop finds those intervals that overlap or are adjacent and thus should be merged. The loop is executed log N times in the worst case, where N is the number of rows in a chain of overlapping or adjacent value-equivalent rows. The reader can simulate the query on the example table to convince him/herself of its correctness. A third alternative is to use SQL only to open a cursor on the table. A linked list of periods is maintained, each with a salary. This linked list should be initialized to empty. DECLARE emp_cursor CURSOR FOR SELECT Salary, Title, Start, Stop FROM Employee; OPEN emp_cursor; loop: FETCH emp_cursor INTO :salary, :start, :stop; if no-data returned then goto finished; find position in linked list to insert this information; goto loop; finished: CLOSE emp_cursor; iterate through linked list, printing out dates and salaries The linked list may not be necessary in this case if the cursor is ORDER BY Start. In any case, the query, a natural one, is quite difficult to express using the facilities present in SQL-92. The query is trivial in TSQL2. SELECT Salary FROM Employee 2.4 JOIN A more drastic approach is to avoid the problem of extracting the salary history by reorganizing the schema to separate salary, title, and date of birth information (in the following, we ignore the date of birth, for simplicity). Employee1 (Name, Salary, Start DATE, Stop DATE) Employee2 (Name, Title, Start DATE, Stop DATE) The Employee1 table is as follows. Name Salary Start Stop ---- ------ ----- ---- Bob 60000 1993-01-01 1993-05-30 Bob 70000 1993-06-01 1993-12-31 Here is the example Employee2 table. Name Title Start Stop ---- ------ ----- ---- Bob Assistant Provost 1993-01-01 1993-09-30 Bob Provost 1993-10-01 1994-01-31 Bob Professor 1994-02-01 1994-12-31 With this change, getting the salary information for an employee is now easy. SELECT Salary, Start, Stop FROM Employee1 WHERE Name = 'Bob' But what if the OAP wants a table of salary, title intervals (that is, suppose the OAP wishes a table to be computed in the form of Figure 1)? One alternative is to print out two tables, and let the user figure out the combinations. A second alternative is to use SQL entirely. Unfortunately, this query must do a case analysis of how each row of Employee1 overlaps each row of Employee2; there are four possible cases. SELECT Employee1.Name, Salary, Dept, Employee1.Start, Employee1.Stop FROM Employee1, Employee2 WHERE Employee1.Name = Employee2.Name AND Employee2.Start <= Employee1.Start AND Employee1.Stop < Employee2.Stop UNION SELECT Employee1.Name, Salary, Dept, Employee1.Start, Employee2.Stop FROM Employee1, Employee2 WHERE Employee1.Name = Employee2.Name AND Employee1.Start >= Employee2.Start AND Employee2.Stop < Employee1.Stop AND Employee1.Start < Employee2.Stop UNION SELECT Employee1.Name, Salary, Dept, Employee2.Start, Employee1.Stop FROM Employee1, Employee2 WHERE Employee1.Name = Employee2.Name AND Employee2.Start > Employee1.Start AND Employee1.Stop < Employee2.Stop AND Employee2.Start < Employee1.Stop UNION SELECT Employee1.Name, Salary, Dept, Employee2.Start, Employee2.Stop FROM Employee1, Employee2 WHERE Employee1.Name = Employee2.Name AND Employee2.Start > Employee1.Start AND Employee2.Stop < Employee1.Stop Getting all the cases right is a challenging task. In TSQL2, performing a temporal join is just what one would expect. SELECT Employee1.Name, Salary, Dept FROM Employee1, Employee2 WHERE Employee1.Name = Employee2.Name 2.5 AGGREGATES Now the OAP is asked, what is the maximum salary? Before adding time, this was easy. SELECT MAX(Salary) FROM Employee Now that the salary history is stored, we'd like a history of the maximum salary over time. The problem, of course, is that SQL does not provide temporal aggregates. The easy way to do this is to print out the information, and scan manually for the maximums. An alternative is to be tricky and convert the snapshot aggregate query into a non-aggregate query, then convert that into a temporal query. The non-aggregate query finds those salaries for which a greater salary does not exist. SELECT Salary FROM Employee AS E1 WHERE NOT EXISTS (SELECT * FROM Employee AS E2 WHERE E2.Salary > E1.Salary) Converting this query into a temporal query is far from obvious. The following is one approach. CREATE TABLE Temp (Salary, Start, Stop) AS SELECT Salary, Start, Stop FROM Employee; INSERT INTO Temp SELECT T.Salary, T.Start, E.Start FROM Temp AS T, Employee AS E WHERE E.Start >= T.Start AND E.Start < T.Stop AND E.Salary > T.Salary; INSERT INTO Temp SELECT T.Salary, T.Stop, E.Stop FROM Temp AS T, Employee AS E WHERE E.Stop > T.Start AND E.Stop <= T.Stop AND E.Salary > T.Salary; DELETE FROM Temp T WHERE EXISTS (SELECT * FROM Employee AS E WHERE ((T.Start => E.Start AND T.Start < E.Stop) OR (E.Start >= T.Start AND E.Start < T.Stop)) AND E.Salary > T.Salary; This approach creates an auxiliary table. We add to this table the lower period of a period subtraction and the upper period of a period subtraction. We then delete all periods that overlap with some row defined by the subquery, thereby effecting the NOT EXISTS. Finally we generate from the auxiliary table maximal periods, in the same way that the salary information was computed above. As one might imagine, such SQL code is extremely inefficient to execute, given the complex nested queries with inequality predicates. A third alternative is to use SQL as little as possible, and instead compute the desired maximum history in a host language using cursors. The query in TSQL2 is again straightforward and intuitive. SELECT MAX(Salary) FROM Employee 3. SUMMARY Time-varying data is manipulated in most database applications. Valid-time support is absent in SQL. Many common temporal queries are either difficult to simulate in SQL, or require embedding SQL in a procedural language, due to SQL's lack of support for valid-time tables in its data model and query constructs. Elsewhere, we showed that adding valid-time support requires few changes to the DBMS implementation, can dramatically simplify some queries and enable others, and can later enable optimizations in storage structures, indexing methods, and optimization strategies that can yield significant performance improvements. With a new part of SQL3 supporting time-varying information, we can begin to address such applications, enabling SQL3 to better manage temporal data. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Accredited Standards Committee* X3, Information Technology NEWS RELEASE Doc. No.: PR/96-0002 Reply to: Barbara Bennett at bbennett@itic.nw.dc.us X3 Announces the Approval of a New Project, ISO/IEC 9075 Part 7: SQL/Temporal Washington D.C., January 1996 -- Accredited Standards Committee X3, Information Technology is announcing the approval of a new project on SQL/Temporal Support, ISO/IEC 9075 Part 7, with the work being done in Technical Committee X3H2, Database. The scope of this proposed standard specifies a new Part of the emerging SQL3 standard, e.g., Part 7, Temporal SQL, to be extensions to the SQL language supporting storage, retrieval, and manipulation of temporal data in an SQL database environment. The next X3H2 meeting is scheduled for March 11-14, 1996 in Kansas. Inquiries regarding this project should be sent to the Chairman of X3H2, Dr. Donald R. Deutsch, Sybase, Inc., Suite 800, 6550 Rock Spring Drive, Bethesda, MD 20817. Email: deutsch@sybase.com. An initial call for possible patents and other pertinent issues (copyrights, trademarks) is now being issued. Please submit information on these issues to the X3 Secretariat at 1250 Eye Street NW, Suite 200, Washington DC 20005. Email: x3sec@itic.nw.dc.us FAX: (202)638-4922. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- X3 Press Index X3 Home Page 32.17. Part 8 - ISO/ANSI SQL MULTIMEDIA (SQL/MM) A new ISO/IEC international standardization project for development of an SQL class library for multimedia applications was approved in early 1993. This new standardization activity, named SQL Multimedia (SQL/MM), will specify packages of SQL abstract data type (ADT) definitions using the facilities for ADT specification and invocation provided in the emerging SQL3 specification. SQL/MM intends to standardize class libraries for science and engineering, full-text and document processing, and methods for the management of multimedia objects such as image, sound, animation, music, and video. It will likely provide an SQL language binding for multimedia objects defined by other JTC1 standardization bodies (e.g. SC18 for documents, SC24 for images, and SC29 for photographs and motion pictures). The Project Plan for SQL/MM indicates that it will be a multi-part standard consisting of an evolving number of parts. Part 1 will be a Framework that specifies how the other parts are to be constructed. Each of the other parts will be devoted to a specific SQL application package. The following SQL/MM Part structure exists as of August 1994: * Part 1: Framework A non-technical description of how the document is structured. * Part 2: Full Text Methods and ADTs for text data processing. About 45 pages. * Part 3: Spatial Methods and ADTs for spatial data management. About 200 pages with active contributions from Spatial Data experts from 3 national bodies. * Part 4: General Purpose Methods and ADTs for complex numbers, Facilities include trig and exponential functions, vectors, sets, etc. Currently about 90 pages. There are a number of standards efforts in the area of Spatial and Geographic information: * ANSI X3L1 - Geographic Information Systems. Mark Ashworth of Unisys is the liason between X3L1 and ANSI X3H2. He is also the editor for parts 1, 3, and 4 of the SQL/MM draft. * ISO TC 211 - Geographic information/Geomatics ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 33. Technical support for PostgreSQL If you have any technical question or encounter any problem you can e- mail to: pgsql-questions@postgresql.org and expect e-mail answer in less than a day. As the user-base of internet product is very vast, and users support other users, internet will be capable of giving technical support to billions of users easily. Email support is much more convenient than telephone support as you can cut and paste error messages, program output etc.. and easily transmit to mailing list/newsgroup. In the near future, PostgreSQL organisation will be selling technical support to large/small companies, the revenue generated will be used for maintaining several mirror sites (web and ftp) around the world. The revenue will also be used to produce printed documentation, guides, textbooks which will help the customers. The profits will also be used to construct buildings/class-rooms and offer technical courses in database administration/management and conduct annual user conferences. This would help PostgreSQL organisation to stand on its feet. You can also take help from professional consulting firms like Anderson, WGS (Work Group Solutions). Contact them for help - � Work Group Solutions <http://www.wgs.com> � Anderson Consulting <http://www.ac.com> 34. Economic and Business Aspects Commercial databases pay many taxes like federal, state, sales, employment, social security, medicare taxes, health care for employees, bunch of benefits for employees, marketing and advertisement costs. All these costs do not go directly for the development of the database. When you buy a commercial database, some portion of the amount goes for overheads like taxes, expenses and balance for database R&D costs. Also commercial databases have to pay for buildings/real-estates and purchase Unix machines, install and maintain them. All of these costs are passed onto customers. PostgreSQL has the advantage over commercial databases as there is no direct tax since it is made on the internet. A very vast group of people contribute to the development of the PostgreSQL. For example, in a hypothetical case, if there are one million companies in U.S.A and each contribute about $ 10 (worth of software to PostgreSQL) than each and every company will get ten million dollars!! This is the magic of software development on internet. Currently, PostgreSQL source code is about 2,00,000 lines of "C", "C++" code. If cost of each line of "C" code is $ 10 than the total cost of PostgreSQL as of today is $ 2,000,000 (two million dollars!!). Many companies already develop in-house vast amount of "C", "C++" code. Hence by taking in the source code of PostgreSQL and collaborating with other companies on internet will greatly benefit the company saving time and efforts. 35. List of Other Databases Listed below are other SQL databases for Unix, Linux. � Click and go to Applications->databases. <http://www.caldera.com/tech-ref/linuxapps/linapps.html> � Click and go to Applications->databases. <http://www.xnet.com/~blatura/linapps.shtml> � Database resources <http://linas.org/linux/db.html> This was written by Linas Vepstas: linas@fc.net � Free Database List <http://cuiwww.unige.ch:80/~scg/FreeDB/FreeDB.list.html> � Browne's RDBMS List <http://www.hex.net/~cbbrowne/rdbms.html> written by Christopher B. Browne cbbrowne@hex.net � SAL's List of Relational DBMS <http://SAL.KachinaTech.COM/H/1/> � SAL's List of Object-Oriented DBMS <http://SAL.KachinaTech.COM/H/2/> � SAL's List of Utilites and Other Databases <http://SAL.KachinaTech.COM/H/3/> � ACM SIGMOD Index of Publicly Available Database Software <http://bunny.cs.uiuc.edu/sigmod/databaseSoftware/> 36. Internet World Wide Web Searching Tips Internet is very vast and it has vast number of software and has a ocean of information underneath. It is growing at the rate of 500% annually world wide. It is estimated that there are about 90 million Web sites world wide! To search for a information you would use search engines like "Yahoo", "Netscape", "Lycos" etc. Go to Yahoo, click on search. Use filtering options to narrow down your search criteria. The default search action is "Intelligent search" which is more general and lists all possiblities. Click on "Options" to select "EXACT phrase" search, "AND" search, "OR" search, etc.. This way you would find the information you need much faster. 37. Conclusion After researching all the available databases which are free and source code is available, it was found that ONLY PostgreSQL is the MOST mature, most widely used and robust RDBMS SQL free database (object relational) in the world. PostgreSQL is very appealing as lot of work had already been done and it has ODBC, JDBC drivers using these it is possible to write applications independent of the databases. The applications written in PostgreSQL using ODBC, JDBC drivers are easily portable to other databases like Oracle, Sybase and Informix. And applications written for Oracle, Sybase and Informix using ODBC, JDBC drivers are easily portable to PostgreSQL database. 38. FAQ - Questions on PostgreSQL 38.1. Latest version of FAQ - Questions on PostgreSQL The FAQ is included here since not all the users have the browsers like Netscape and Internet access. Users may use GnuInfo, Ghostview, vi editor or man command. This document is generated in 10 different formats like GnuInfo, RTF, Plain-Text, Man page, Postscript etc.. and is distributed on Linux CDROMs. Please refer to the latest version of FAQ which is at <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/faq-english.shtml> in case you have access to Internet." The FAQ is included here just for your convenience. 38.2. Extract of FAQ from main PostgreSQL Web site If you have access to internet, please click on this URL now for latest version � <http://www.postgresql.org/docs> Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for PostgreSQL Last updated: Mon Nov 17 19:47:15 EST 1997 Version: 6.2.1 Current maintainer: Bruce Momjian (maillist@candle.pha.pa.us) The most recent version of this document can be viewed at the postgreSQL Web site, http://postgreSQL.org. Linux-specific questions are answered in http://postgreSQL.org/docs/FAQ-linux.shtml. Irix-specific questions are answered in http://postgreSQL.org/docs/FAQ-irix.shtml. Changes in this version (* = modified, + = new): --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Questions answered: 1) General questions 1.1) What is PostgreSQL? 1.2) What does PostgreSQL run on? 1.3) Where can I get PostgreSQL? 1.4) What's the copyright on PostgreSQL? 1.5) Support for PostgreSQL 1.6) Latest release of PostgreSQL 1.7) Is there a commercial version of PostgreSQL? 1.8) What documentation is available for PostgreSQL? 1.9) What version of SQL does PostgreSQL use? 1.10) Does PostgreSQL work with databases from earlier versions of postgres? 1.11) Are there ODBC drivers for PostgreSQL? 1.12) What tools are available for hooking postgres to Web pages? 1.13) Does PostgreSQL have a graphical user interface? A report generator? A embedded query language interface? 2) Installation/Configuration questions 2.1) initdb doesn't run 2.2) when I start up the postmaster, I get "FindBackend: could not find a backend to execute..." "postmaster: could not find backend to execute..." 2.3) The system seems to be confused about commas, decimal points, and date formats. 2.4) How do I install PostgreSQL somewhere other than /usr/local/pgsql? 2.5) When I run postmaster, I get a Bad System Call core dumped message. 2.6) When I try to start the postmaster, I get IpcMemoryCreate errors. 2.7) I have changed a source file, but a recompile does not see the change? 2.8) How do I prevent other hosts from accessing my PostgreSQL 2.9) I can't access the database as the 'root' user. 2.10) All my servers crash under concurrent table access. Why? 2.11) How do I tune the database engine for better performance? 2.12) What debugging features are available in PostgreSQL? 2.13) How do I enable more than 32 concurrent backends? 3) Operational questions 3.1) Does PostgreSQL support nested subqueries? 3.2) I've having a lot of problems using rules. 3.3) I can't seem to write into the middle of large objects reliably. 3.4) How can I write client applications to PostgreSQL? 3.5) How do I set up a pg_group? 3.6) What is the exact difference between binary cursors and normal cursors? 3.7) What is a R-tree index and what is it used for? 3.8) What is the maximum size for a tuple? 3.9) I defined indices but my queries don't seem to make use of them. Why? 3.10) How do I do regular expression searches? case-insensitive regexp searching? 3.11) I experienced a server crash during a vacuum. How do I remove the lock file? 3.12) What is the difference between the various character types? 3.13) In a query, how do I detect if a field is NULL? 3.14) How do I see how the query optimizer is evaluating my query? 3.15) How do I create a serial field? 3.16) What are the pg_psort.XXX files in my database directory? 3.17) Why can't I connect to my database from another machine? 3.18) How do I find out what indexes or operations are defined in the database? 3.19) What is the time-warp feature and how does it relate to vacuum? 3.20) What is an oid? What is a tid? 3.21) What is the meaning of some of the terms used in Postgres? 3.22) What is Genetic Query Optimization? 3.23) How do you remove a column from a table? 3.24) How do SELECT only the first few rows of a query? 3.25) Why can't I create a column named "time"? 4) Questions about extending PostgreSQL 4.1) I wrote a user-defined function and when I run it in psql, it dumps core. 4.2) I get messages of the type NOTICE:PortalHeapMemoryFree: 0x402251d0 4.3) I've written some nifty new types and functions for PostgreSQL. 4.4) How do I write a C function to return a tuple? 5) Bugs 5.1) How do I make a bug report? --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 1: General Questions 1.1) What is PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL is an enhancement of the POSTGRES database management system, a next-generation DBMS research prototype. While PostgreSQL retains the powerful data model and rich data types of POSTGRES, it replaces the PostQuel query language with an extended subset of SQL. PostgreSQL is free and the complete source is available. PostgreSQL development is being performed by a team of Internet developers who all subscribe to the PostgreSQL development mailing list. The current coordinator is Marc G. Fournier (scrappy@postgreSQL.org). (See below on how to join). This team is now responsible for all current and future development of PostgreSQL. The authors of PostgreSQL 1.01 were Andrew Yu and Jolly Chen. Many others have contributed to the porting, testing, debugging and enhancement of the code. The original Postgres code, from which PostgreSQL is derived, was the effort of many graduate students, undergraduate students, and staff programmers working under the direction of Professor Michael Stonebraker at the University of California, Berkeley. The original name of the software at Berkeley was Postgres. When SQL functionality was added in 1995, its name was changed to Postgres95. The name was changed at the end of 1996 to PostgreSQL. 1.2) What does PostgreSQL run on? The authors have compiled and tested PostgreSQL on the following platforms(some of these compiles require gcc 2.7.0): * aix - IBM on AIX 3.2.5 or 4.x * alpha - DEC Alpha AXP on Digital Unix 2.0, 3.2, 4.0 * BSD44_derived - OSs derived from 4.4-lite BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD) * bsdi - BSD/OS 2.0, 2.01, 2.1, 3.0 * dgux - DG/UX 5.4R4.11 * hpux - HP PA-RISC on HP-UX 9.0, 10 * i386_solaris - i386 Solaris * irix5 - SGI MIPS on IRIX 5.3 * linux - Intel x86 on Linux 2.0 and Linux ELF SPARC on Linux ELF PPC on Linux Elf (For non-ELF Linux, see LINUX_ELF below). * sco - SCO 3.2v5 * sparc_solaris - SUN SPARC on Solaris 2.4, 2.5, 2.5.1 * sunos4 - SUN SPARC on SunOS 4.1.3 * svr4 - Intel x86 on Intel SVR4 and MIPS * ultrix4 - DEC MIPS on Ultrix 4.4 The following platforms have known problems/bugs: * nextstep - Motorola MC68K or Intel x86 on NeXTSTEP 3.2 1.3) Where can I get PostgreSQL? The primary anonymous ftp site for PostgreSQL is: * ftp://ftp.postgreSQL.org/pub A mirror site exists at: * ftp://postgres95.vnet.net/pub/postgres95 * ftp://ftp.luga.or.at/pub/postgres95 * ftp://cal011111.student.utwente.nl/pub/postgres95 * ftp://ftp.uni-trier.de/pub/database/rdbms/postgres/postgres95 * ftp://rocker.sch.bme.hu 1.4) What's the copyright on PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL is subject to the following COPYRIGHT. PostgreSQL Data Base Management System Copyright (c) 1994-6 Regents of the University of California Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. 1.5) Support for PostgreSQL There is no official support for PostgreSQL from the original maintainers or from University of California, Berkeley. It is maintained through volunteer effort only. The main mailing list is: questions@postgreSQL.org. It is available for discussion o f matters pertaining to PostgreSQL, including but not limited to bug reports and fixes. For info on how to subscribe, send a mail with the lines in the body (not the subject line) subscribe end to questions-request@postgreSQL.org. There is also a digest list available. To subscribe to this list, send email to: questions-digest-request@postgreSQL.org with a BODY of: subscribe end Digests are sent out to members of this list whenever the main list has received around 30k of messages. There is a bugs mailing list available. To subscribe to this list, send email to bugs-request@postgreSQL.org with a BODY of: There is also a developers discussion mailing list available. To subscribe to this list, send email to hackers-request@postgreSQL.org with a BODY of: subscribe end Additional information about PostgreSQL can be found via the PostgreSQL WWW home page at: http://postgreSQL.org 1.6) Latest release of PostgreSQL The latest release of PostgreSQL is version 6.2.1, which was released on October 17th, 1997. For information about what is new in 6.2.1, see our TODO list on our WWW page. We plan to have major releases every three months. 1.7) Is there a commercial version of PostgreSQL? Illustra Information Technology (a wholly owned subsidiary of Informix Software, Inc.) sells an object-relational DBMS called Illustra that was originally based on postgres. Illustra has cosmetic similarities to PostgreSQL but has more features, is more robust, performs better, and offers real documentation and support. On the flip side, it costs money. For more information, contact sales@illustra.com 1.8) What documentation is available for PostgreSQL? A user manual, manual pages, and some small test examples are included in the distribution. The sql and built-in manual pages are particularly important. The www page contains pointers to an implementation guide and five papers written about postgres design concepts and features. 1.9) What version of SQL does PostgreSQL use? PostgreSQL supports a subset of SQL-92. It has most of the important constructs but lacks some of the functionality. The most visible differences are: * no support for nested subqueries * no HAVING clause under a GROUP BY On the other hand, you get to create user-defined types, functions, inheritance etc. If you're willing to help with PostgreSQL coding, eventually we can also add the missing features listed above. 1.10) Does PostgreSQL work with databases from earlier versions of postgres? PostgreSQL v1.09 is compatible with databases created with v1.01. Upgrading to 6.2.1 from pre-6.2 requires a dump and restore. Upgrading to 6.2.1 from 6.2 does not require a dump, but see the appropriate /migration file in the distribution. Those ugrading from versions earlier than 1.09 must upgrade to 1.09 first without a dump/reload, then dump the data from 1.09, and then load it into 6.2.1. 1.11) Are there ODBC drivers for PostgreSQL? There are two ODBC drivers available, PostODBC and OpenLink ODBC. For all people being interested in PostODBC, there are now two mailing lists devoted to the discussion of PostODBC. The mailing lists are: * postodbc-users@listserv.direct. net * postodbc-developers@listse rv.direct.net these lists are ordinary majordomo mailing lists. You can subscribe by sending a mail to: * majordomo@listserv.direct.net OpenLink ODBC is very popular. You can get it from http://www.openlinksw.com/postgres.html. It works with our standard ODBC client software so you'll have Postgres ODBC available on every client platform we support (Win, Mac, Unix, VMS). We will probably be selling this product to people who need commercial-quality support, but a freeware version will always be available. Questions to postgres95@openlink.co.uk. 1.12) What tools are available for hooking postgres to Web pages? For web integration, PHP is an excellent interface. The URL for that is http://php.iquest.net PHP is great for simple stuff, but for more complex stuff, some still use the perl interface and CGI.pm. An WWW gatway based on WDB using perl can be downloaded from: * http://www.eol.ists.ca/~dunlop/wdb -p95 1.13) Does PostgreSQL have a graphical user interface? A report generator? A embedded query language interface? No. No. No. Not in the official distribution at least. Some users have reported some success at using 'pgbrowse' and 'onyx' as frontends to PostgreSQL. Several contributions are working on tk based frontend tools. Ask on the mailing list. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2: Installation Questions 2.1) initdb doesn't run * check to see that you have the proper paths set * check that the 'postgres' user owns all the right files * ensure that there are files in $PGDATA/files, and that they are non-empty. If they aren't, then "gmake install" failed for some reason 2.2) when I start up the postmaster, I get "FindBackend: could not find a backend to execute..." "postmaster: could not find backend to execute..." You probably do not have the right path set up. The 'postgres' executable needs to be in your path. 2.3) The system seems to be confused about commas, decimal points, and date formats. Check your locale configuration. PostgreSQL uses the locale settings of the user that ran the postmaster process. Set those accordingly for your operating environment. 2.4) How do I install PostgreSQL somewhere other than /usr/local/pgsql? You need to edit Makefile.global and change POSTGRESDIR accordingly, or create a Makefile.custom and define POSTGRESDIR there. 2.5) When I run postmaster, I get a Bad System Call core dumped message. It could be a variety of problems, but first check to see that you have system V extensions installed on your kernel. PostgreSQL requires kernel support for shared memory. 2.6) When I try to start the postmaster, I get IpcMemoryCreate errors. You either do not have shared memory configured properly in kernel or you need to enlarge the shared memory available in the kernel. The exact amount you need depends on your architecture and how many buffers you configure postmaster to run with. For most systems, with default buffer sizes, you need a minimum of ~760K. 2.7) I have changed a source file, but a recompile does not see the change? The Makefiles do not have the proper dependencies for include files. You have to do a 'make clean' and then another 'make'. 2.8) How do I prevent other hosts from accessing my PostgreSQL backend? Use host-based authentication by modifying the file $PGDATA/pg_hba accordingly. 2.9) I can't access the database as the 'root' user. You should not create database users with user id 0(root). They will be unable to access the database. This is a security precaution because of the ability of any user to dynamically link object modules into the database engine. 2.10) All my servers crash under concurrent table access. Why? This problem can be caused by a kernel that is not configured to support semaphores. 2.11) How do I tune the database engine for better performance? There are two things that can be done. You can use Openlink's option to disable fsync() by starting the postmaster with a '-o -F' option. This will prevent fsync()'s from flushing to disk after every transaction. You can also use the postmaster -B option to increase the number of shared memory buffers shared among the backend processes. If you make this parameter too high, the process will not start or crash unexpectedly. Each buffer is 8K and the defualt is 64 buffers. You can also use the postmaster -S option to increase the maximum amount of memory used by each backend process for temporary sorts. Each buffer is 1K and the defualt is 512 buffers. 2.12) What debugging features are available in PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL has several features that report status information that can be valuable for debugging purposes. First, by running configure with the -enable-cassert option, many assert()'s monitor the progress of the backend and halt the program when something unexpected occurs. Both postmaster and postgres have several debug options available. First, whenever you start the postmaster, make sure you send the standard output and error to a log file, like: cd /usr/local/pgsql ./bin/postmaster >server.log 2>&1 & This will put a server.log file in the top-level PostgreSQL directory. This file can contain useful information about problems or errors encountered by the server. Postmaster has a -d option that allows even more detailed information to be reported. The -d option takes a number 1-3 that specifies the debug level. Be warned that a debug level of 3 generates large log files. You can actuall run the postgres backend from the command line, and type your SQL statement directly. This is recommended ONLY for debugging purposes. Note that a newline terminates the query, not a semicolon. If you have compiled with debugging symbols, you can use a debugger to see what is happening. Because the backend was not started from the postmaster, it is not running in an identical environment and locking/backend interaction problems may not be duplicated. Some operating system can attach to a running backend directly to diagnose problems. The postgres program has a -s, -A, -t options that can be very useful for debugging and performance measurements. You can also compile with profiling to see what functions are taking execution time. The backend profile files will be deposited in the pgsql/data/base/dbname directory. The client profile file will be put in the current directory. The EXPLAIN command (see this FAQ) allows you to see how PostgreSQL is interpreting your query. 2.13) How do I enable more than 32 concurrent backends? Edit include/storage/sinvaladt.h, and change the value of MaxBackendId. In the future, we plan to make this a configurable prameter. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3: PostgreSQL Features 3.1) Does PostgreSQL support nested subqueries? Subqueries are not implemented, but they can be simulated using sql functions. 3.2) I've having a lot of problems using rules. Currently, the rule system in PostgreSQL is mostly broken. It works enough to support the view mechanism, but that's about it. Use PostgreSQL rules at your own peril. 3.3) I can't seem to write into the middle of large objects reliably. The Inversion large object system in PostgreSQL is also mostly broken. It works well enough for storing large wads of data and reading them back out, but the implementation has some underlying problems. Use PostgreSQL large objects at your own peril. 3.4) How can I write client applications to PostgreSQL? PostgreSQL supports a C-callable library interface called libpq as well as many others. See the /src/interfaces directory. Others have contributed a perl interface and a WWW gateway to PostgreSQL. See the PostgreSQL home pages for more details. 3.5) How do I set up a pg_group? Currently, there is no easy interface to set up user groups. You have to explicitly insert/update the pg_group table. For example: jolly=> insert into pg_group (groname, grosysid, grolist) jolly=> values ('posthackers', '1234', '(5443, 8261)'); INSERT 548224 jolly=> grant insert on foo to group posthackers; CHANGE jolly=> The fields in pg_group are: * groname: the group name. This a char16 and should be purely alphanumeric. Do not include underscores or other punctuation. * grosysid: the group id. This is an int4. This should be unique for each group. * grolist: the list of pg_user id's that belong in the group. This is an int4[]. 3.6) What is the exact difference between binary cursors and normal cursors? See the declare manual page for a description. 3.7) What is a R-tree index and what is it used for? An r-tree index is used for indexing spatial data. A hash index can't handle range searches. A B-tree index only handles range searches in a single dimension. R-tree's can handle multi-dimensional data. For example, if a R-tree index can be built on an attribute of type 'point', the system can more efficient answer queries like select all points within a bounding rectangle. The canonical paper that describes the original R-Tree design is: Guttman, A. "R-Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure for Spatial Searching." Proc of the 1984 ACM SIGMOD Int'l Conf on Mgmt of Data, 45-57. You can also find this paper in Stonebraker's "Readings in Database Systems" Builtin R-Trees can handle polygons and boxes. In theory, R-trees can be extended to handle higher number of dimensions. In practice, extending R-trees require a bit of work and we don't currently have any documentation on how to do it. 3.8) What is the maximum size for a tuple? Tuples are limited to 8K bytes. Taking into account system attributes and other overhead, one should stay well shy of 8,000 bytes to be on the safe side. To use attributes larger than 8K, try using the large objects interface. Tuples do not cross 8k boundaries so a 5k tuple will require 8k of storage. 3.9) I defined indices but my queries don't seem to make use of them. Why? PostgreSQL does not automatically maintain statistics. One has to make an explicit 'vacuum' call to update the statistics. After statistics are updated, the optimizer has a better shot at using indices. Note that the optimizer is limited and does not use indices in some circumstances (such as OR clauses). For column-specific optimization statistics, use 'vacuum analyze'. If the system still does not see the index, it is probably because you have created an index on a field with the improper *_ops type. For example, you have created a CHAR(4) field, but have specified a char_ops index type_class. See the create_index manual page for information on what type classes are available. It must match the field type. Postgres does not warn the user when the improper index is created. Indexes not used for ORDER BY operations. 3.10) How do I do regular expression searches? case-insensitive regexp searching? See the pgbuiltin manual page. Search for regular expression. 3.11) I experienced a server crash during a vacuum. How do I remove the lock file? See the vacuum manual page. 3.12) What is the difference between the various character types? Type Internal Name Notes -------------------------------------------------- CHAR char 1 character ) CHAR2 char2 2 characters ) CHAR4 char4 4 characters ) optimized for a fixed length CHAR8 char8 8 characters ) CHAR16 char16 16 characters ) CHAR(#) bpchar blank padded to the specified fixed length VARCHAR(#) varchar size specifies maximum length, no padding TEXT text length limited only by maximum tuple length BYTEA bytea variable-length array of bytes Remember, you need to use the internal name when creating indexes on these fields or when doing other internal operations. The last four types above are "varlena" types (i.e. the first four bytes is the length, followed by the data). CHAR(#) and VARCHAR(#) allocate the maximum number of bytes no matter how much data is stored in the field. TEXT and BYTEA are the only character types that have variable length on the disk. 3.13) In a query, how do I detect if a field is NULL? You test the column with IS NULL and IS NOT NULL. 3.14) How do I see how the query optimizer is evaluating my query? See the explain manual page. 3.15) How do I create a serial field? Postgres does not allow the user to specifiy a user column as type SERIAL. Instead, you can use each row's oid field as a unique value. However, if you need to dump and reload the database, you need to use pgdump's -o option or COPY's WITH OIDS option to preserver the oids. We also have a SEQUENCE function that is similar to SERIAL. See the create_sequence manual page. Another valid way of doing this is to create a function: create table my_oids (f1 int4); insert into my_oids values (1); create function new_oid () returns int4 as 'update my_oids set f1 = f1 + 1; select f1 from my_oids; ' language 'sql'; then: create table my_stuff (my_key int4, value text); insert into my_stuff values (new_oid(), 'hello'); However, keep in mind there is a race condition here where one server could do the update, then another one do an update, and they both could select the same new id. This statement should be performed within a transaction. Yet another way is to use general trigger function autoinc() from contrib/spi/autoinc.c. 3.16) What are the pg_psort.XXX files in my database directory? They are temporary sort files generated by the query executor. For example, if a sort needs to be done to satisfy an ORDER BY, some temp files are generated as a result of the sort. If you have no transactions or sorts running at the time, it is safe to delete the pg_psort.XXX files. 3.17) Why can't I connect to my database from another machine? The default configuration allows only connections from tcp/ip host localhost. You need to add a host entry to the file pgsql/data/pg_hba. See the hba_conf manual page. 3.18) How do I find out what indexes or operations are defined in the database? Run the file pgsql/src/tutorial/syscat.source. It illustrates many of the 3.19) What is the time-warp feature and how does it relate to vacuum? PostgreSQL handles data changes differently than most database systems. When a row is changed in a table, the original row is marked with the time it was changed, and a new row is created with the current data. By default, only current rows are used in a table. If you specify a date/time after the table name in a FROM clause, you can access the data that was current at that time, i.e. SELECT * FROM employees ['July 24, 1996 09:00:00'] displays employee rows in the table at the specified time. You can specify intervals like [date,date], [date,], [,date], or [,]. This last option accesses all rows that ever existed. INSERTed rows get a timestamp too, so rows that were not in the table at the desired time will not appear. Vacuum removes rows that are no longer current. This time-warp feature is used by the engine for rollback and crash recovery. Expiration times can be set with purge. In 6.0, once a table is vacuumed, the creation time of a row may be incorrect, causing time-traval to fail. The time-travel feature will be removed in 6.3. 3.20) What is an oid? What is a tid? Oids are Postgres's answer to unique row ids or serial columns. Every row that is created in Postgres gets a unique oid. All oids generated by initdb are less than 16384 (from backend/access/transam.h). All post-initdb (user-created) oids are equal or greater that this. All these oids are unique not only within a table, or database, but unique within the entire postgres installation. Postgres uses oids in its internal system tables to link rows in separate tables. These oids can be used to identify specific user rows and used in joins. It is recommended you use column type oid to store oid values. See the sql(l) manual page to see the other internal columns. Tids are used to indentify specific physical rows with block and offset values. Tids change after rows are modified or reloaded. They are used by index entries to point to physical rows. They can not be accessed through sql. 3.21) What is the meaning of some of the terms used in Postgres? Some of the source code and older documentation use terms that have more common usage. Here are some: * row, record, tuple * attribute, field, column * table, class * retrieve, select * replace, update * append, insert * oid, serial value * portal, cursor * range variable, table name, table alias Please let me know if you think of any more. 3.22) What is Genetic Query Optimization? The GEQO module in PostgreSQL is intended to solve the query optimization problem of joining many tables by means of a Genetic Algorithm (GA). It allows the handling of large join queries through non-exhaustive search. For further information see README.GEQO <utesch@aut.tu-freiberg.de>. 3.23) How do you remove a column from a table? We do not support ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN, but do this: SELECT ... -- select all columns but the one you want to remove INTO TABLE new_table FROM old_table; DROP TABLE old_table; ALTER TABLE new_table RENAME TO old_table; 3.24) How do SELECT only the first few rows of a query? See the fetch manual page. This only prevents all row results from being transfered to the client. The entire query must be evaluated, even if you only want just first few rows. Consider a query that has and ORDER BY. There is no way to return any rows until the entire query is evaluated and sorted. 3.25) Why can't I create a column named "time"? 6.2.1 has added some new restricted keywords as we make PostgreSQL more ANSI-92 compilant. The next release will have this restriction removed. There is a patch on ftp.postgresql.org that will allow this feature now. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 4: Extending PostgreSQL 4.1) I wrote a user-defined function and when I run it in psql, it dumps core. The problem could be a number of things. Try testing your user-defined function in a stand alone test program first. Also, make sure you are not sending elog NOTICES when the front-end is expecting data, such as during a type_in() or type_out() functions 4.2) I get messages of the type NOTICE:PortalHeapMemoryFree: 0x402251d0 not in alloc set! You are pfree'ing something that was not palloc'ed. When writing user-defined functions, do not include the file "libpq-fe.h". Doing so will cause your palloc to be a malloc instead of a free. Then, when the backend pfrees the storage, you get the notice message. 4.3) I've written some nifty new types and functions for PostgreSQL. Please share them with other PostgreSQL users. Send your extensions to mailing list, and they will eventually end up in the contrib/ subdirectory. 4.4) How do I write a C function to return a tuple? This requires extreme wizardry, so extreme that the authors have not ever tried it, though in principle it can be done. The short answer is ... you can't. This capability is forthcoming in the future. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 5: Bugs 5.1) How do I make a bug report? Check the current FAQ at http://postgreSQL.org Also check out our ftp site ftp://ftp.postgreSQL.org/pub to see if there is a more recent PostgreSQL version. You can also fill out the "bug-template" file and send it to: * bugs@postgreSQL.org This is the address of the developers mailing list. 39. FAQ Linux-PostgreSQL 39.1. Latest version of FAQ Linux-PostgreSQL The FAQ is included here since not all the users have the browsers like Netscape and Internet access. Users may use GnuInfo, Ghostview, vi editor or man command to read the FAQ document. This document is generated in 10 different formats like GnuInfo, RTF, Plain-Text, Man page, Postscript etc.. and is distributed on Linux CDROMs. Please refer to the latest version of FAQ which is at <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/faq-english.shtml> in case you have access to Internet." The FAQ is included here just for your convenience. 39.2. Extract of Linux FAQ from main PostgreSQL Web site If you have access to internet, please click on this URL now for latest version � <http://www.postgresql.org/docs> ======================================================= Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for PostgreSQL >= V6.1 Linux Specific TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NORMAL FAQ ======================================================= last updated: Wed Oct 01 11:45:00 BST 1997 current maintainer: Andrew C.R. Martin (martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk) original author: Andrew C.R. Martin (martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk) Changes in this version (* = modified, + = new, - = removed): +3.9) Why does Query 32 in the regression tests take so long? This file is divided approximately as follows: 1.*) Installing PostgreSQL 2.*) Compiling accessory programs 3.*) Runtime Problems Questions answered: 1.1) What changes do I need to make to src/Makefile.global or src/Makefile.custom and are there any other changes needed? 1.2) Why do I get problems with missing libreadline? 1.3) [REDHAT] Why do I get problems with missing libdl and dlfcn.h? 1.4) [SLACKWARE 3.1] Why do I get problems with missing libdl and dlfcn.h? 1.5) My compile of the backend dies complaining about the include file dlfcn.h missing 1.6) GCC complains about an ignored option -fpic 1.7) I get warnings of the form warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size 1.8) [SuSE-Linux 4.2-4.4] Where is curses and termcap? 1.9) Why do I get problems with ld.so? 1.10) Why do I get `yy_flush_buffer undefined' errors? 1.11) How do I compile PostgreSQL on an a.out system? 1.12) Why does make fail with: yacc -d /disk2/PostgreSQL/src/backend/parser/gram.y make: /usr/bin/make: cannot execute binary file 1.13) What are the references in X11_LIB to libsocket and libnsl in src/Makefile.global? 1.14) [DEBIAN] Where is libtermcap? 1.15) [REDHAT] Can I get PostgreSQL as an RPM? 1.16) While trying to compile a development version under Linux, compilation fails with a message like: In file included from /usr/include/sys/sem.h:8, from ipc.c:37: /usr/include/asm/bitops.h:32: warning: no previous prototype for Set_bit' .... make: *** [ipc.o] Error 1 1.17) When compiling postgres, gcc reports signal 11 and aborts. 1.18) Can I install 6.1.1 under MkLinux? 2.1) The linker fails to find libX11 when compiling pgtclsh 3.1) I get an error reporting _fUnKy_POSTPORT_sTuFf_ undefined when running scripts like createuser 3.2) I run postmaster and after that system says 'Bad system call(Core dumped)' 3.3) When I try to start the Postmaster, why do I get an error of the form Failed Assertion("!(file != 0):(null)", File: "/usr/local/PostgreSQL/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c", Line: 257) !(file != 0) (0) initdb: could not create template database initdb: cleaning up. 3.4) Why doesn't createuser work? 3.5) Why do I get an error like: IpcMemoryCreate: memKey=155356396 , size=760632 , permission=384IpcMemoryCreate: shmget(..., create, ...) failed: Invalid argument 3.6) Why does psql fail with: psql: can't load library 'libpq.so.1' 3.7) Other strange behaviour 3.8) When PostgreSQL is running when the system is shutdown, Linux always fsck's the disk when rebooted. 3.9) Why does Query 32 in the regression tests take so long? ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 1: Compiling PostgreSQL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1) What changes do I need to make to src/Makefile.global or src/Makefile.custom and are there any other changes needed? Changes to the makefiles are most easily made by running the customize shell script in the src directory which will write a Makefile.custom for you. The only other change you may have to make is to replace Flex if you have version 2.5.3 which has a bug which generally manifests itself as createuser failing (See Question 3.4) If you modify the makefiles by hand, you *must* set the following variable: PORTNAME= linux You will also need to change the following to match your own installation: POSTGRESDIR If you switch on the USE_TCL option, you will need to set these: TCL_INCDIR= TCL_LIBDIR= TCL_LIB= TK_INCDIR= TK_LIBDIR= TK_LIB= X11_INCDIR= X11_LIBDIR= X11_LIB= On my Slackware3.0 system, these are: TCL_INCDIR= /usr/include/tcl TCL_LIBDIR= /usr/lib TCL_LIB= -ltcl TK_INCDIR= /usr/include/tcl TK_LIBDIR= /usr/lib TK_LIB= -ltk X11_INCDIR= /usr/include/X11 X11_LIBDIR= /usr/X386/lib X11_LIB= -lX11 You may also make any other changes you need as documented in the INSTALL file and in Makefile.global 1.2) Why do I get problems with missing libreadline? Linux systems generally don't come with the GNU readline library installed. Either ensure you do not activate the readline options in src/Makefile.global or src/Makefile.custom or install the GNU readline library. Note that Debian Linux (like FreeBSD) does come with readline installed. 1.3) [REDHAT] Why do I get problems with missing libdl and dlfcn.h? This manifests itself as being unable to link with functions such as dlopen(), dlclose(), etc. during the last phase of the compilation. The libdl library is used for dynamic linking of user-supplied functions at run-time. For some reason this library was missed out from the Redhat distribution. It seems that the latest Redhat 4.0 (Colgate) fixes this. RedHat now have a new ld.so RPM package on their FTP site. Simply grab: ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/devel/i386/RedHat/RPMS/ld.so-1.7.14-4.i386.rpm Install the RPM file in the usual way and off you go! There has been one report of a corrupted system resulting from programs accessing these libraries while updating them (not altogether surprising). Consequently it is a good idea to reboot the system before installing the new libraries and to have as little running as possible during this upgrade. Going into single-user mode is probably a good idea! If you want to do it the hard way, you can obtain the library and the header file from: ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/packages/GCC/ld.so-1.7.14.tar.gz Alternatively, you may find precompiled binaries in distributions/debian/buzz/binary-i386/base/ld.so-1.7.14-4.deb on the same site, or follow the instructions given for question 1.2 for correcting the same error with early releases of Slackware 3.1. Don't use this method unless you know what you are doing! 1.4) [SLACKWARE 3.1] Why do I get problems with missing libdl and dlfcn.h? This manifests itself as being unable to link with functions such as dlopen(), dlclose(), etc. during the last phase of the compilation. See the answer to question 1.3. Slackware up to version 3.0 was supplied with this library and include file and they seem to be back in again in the latest versions of 3.1, but the early 3.1 releases (before 9th September 1996) had them missing and many CD-ROM versions will have been pressed from the first 3.1 releases. There has been one report of a corrupted system resulting from programs accessing these libraries while updating them (not altogether surprising). Consequently it is a good idea to reboot the system before installing the new libraries and to have as little running as possible during this upgrade. Going into single-user mode is probably a good idea! The easiest fix is to obtain the file ldso.tgz from the a4 disk of a more recent Slackware 3.1 distribution and unpack this file from the root (/) directory, then do sh install/doinst.sh to complete the installation. Follow this with ldconfig If you want to install manually, you must first install the file dlfcn.h in /usr/include. Second, install the file libdl.so.1.7.14 (or whatever the latest release is) in /lib, then do: cd /lib ln -sf libdl.so.1.7.14 libdl.so.1 ln -sf libdl.so.1 libdl.so On some systems (depending on your GCC configuration) it may be necessary to do: cd /usr/lib ln -sf /lib/libdl.so . Finally ldconfig 1.5) My compile of the backend dies complaining about the include file dlfcn.h missing See the answer to question 1.3/1.4. Don't forget that if you are using an a.out system you must first have installed the dld package (which is not supplied with most a.out systems) to have dlfcn.h at all. See Question 1.11. 1.6) GCC complains about an ignored option -fpic Earlier versions of GCC accepted either -fpic or -fPIC. It appears that more recent versions (V2.7.2?) require -fPIC. If you are using an ELF version of Linux, this can safely be ignored as -fPIC is the default. You can correct this by editing src/Makefile.global and changing CFLAGS_SL 1.7) I get warnings of the form warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size These were seen in earlier versions of Postgres95 and could safely be ignored. PostgreSQL V6.0 should compile with no warnings except those related to system header files (which can also be safely ignored). 1.8) [SuSE-Linux 4.2-4.4] Where is curses and termcap? SuSE-Linux 4.2 has ncurses but not curses. 4.4 appears to have both. SuSE-Linux also has the termcap library is in /usr/lib/termcap instead of in /usr/lib. PostgreSQL (up to V6.0) ----------------------- Set the value of CURSES_LIB in src/Makefile.custom to -lncurses (or do this through the customize script). Add the following line to src/Makefile.custom: LDADD_BE+= -L/usr/lib/termcap You may need to edit src/bin/psql/Makefile and change: ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux) LD_ADD+= to: ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux) LD_ADD+= -ltermcap PostgreSQL (V6.1) ----------------- The configure script doesn't know to look in /usr/lib/termcap for the termcap library, so you should specify this as one of the library directories when asked for additional directories to search. If this doesn't work (I don't have SuSE to verify that it does) then after running configure, you need to edit src/Makefile.global and add -ltermcap to the LDFLAGS line (after -lreadline). You may also wish to force use of ncurses rather than curses by changing -lcurses to -lncurses. 1.9) Why do I get problems with ld.so? If you get problems with ld.so, another library required under ELF for dynamic loading, then you have messed up your installation or (more likely) upgrade of Linux. See the answers to Question 1.3/1.4. You may need to install ld.so.x.y.z in /lib and run ldconfig. The most recent stable release of the ld package is 1.7.14 At the time of writing, 1.8.x versions of ld are experimental. 1.10) Why do I get `yy_flush_buffer undefined' errors? This isn't really Linux specific, but is common on older Linux installations. You must have a recent version of flex (2.5.2 or later) to compile PostgreSQL. Note that flex 2.5.3 has a bug: see Question 3.4. 1.11) How do I compile PostgreSQL on an a.out system? First, you must install the dld library. This may be obtained from Sunsite as: Linux/libs/dld.3.2.7.tar.gz (ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/libs/dld.3.2.7.tar.gz) Second, add the following line to src/Makefile.custom: LINUX_ELF= (or use the customize script) 1.12) Why does make fail with: yacc -d /disk2/PostgreSQL/src/backend/parser/gram.y make: /usr/bin/make: cannot execute binary file This was a problem in earlier versions of Postgres95. The default for PostgreSQL is to use bison -y rather than yacc. yacc is generally implemented as a script which invokes bison -y For some reason (certain versions of make? certain versions of bash?) make is unable to execute this script file. To correct this, simply edit src/mk/port/postgres.mk.linux and, at the end of the file, change: # YACC = bison -y to YACC = bison -y 1.13) What are the references in X11_LIB to libsocket and libnsl in src/Makefile.global? This was a problem in 1.08 (they are Sun Solaris specific). It is fixed in 1.09 and 6.0 1.14) [DEBIAN] Where is libtermcap? Debian Linux comes without the termcap library and uses ncurses (which uses terminfo instead). There is no need to change the CURSES_LIB variable in src/bin/psql/Makefile since Debian provides a link from libncurses to libcurses (unlike SuSE-Linux --- see Question 1.8). You may need to edit src/bin/psql/Makefile and comment out the change: ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux) LD_ADD+= -ltermcap to: ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux) LD_ADD+= 1.15) [REDHAT] Can I get PostgreSQL as an RPM? Yes! Michal Mosiewicz (http://www.pdi.lodz.pl/~mimo) has kindly put together an RPM for PostgreSQL V6.0 on Intel architectures which he has uploaded to ftp://ftp.redhat.org/pub/Incoming/Postgres-6.0-1.i386.rpm This is a pre-compiled version, the source RPM is on its was as I write (3rd Feb 1997). 1.16) While trying to compile a development version under Linux, compilation fails with a message like: In file included from /usr/include/sys/sem.h:8, from ipc.c:37: /usr/include/asm/bitops.h:32: warning: no previous prototype for Set_bit' .... make: *** [ipc.o] Error 1 The problem is that Linux provides no prototypes for these inline functions. The solution is to go into the .../src/backend/storage/ipc directory and edit the Makefile. Change the line CFLAGS+=$(INCLUDE_OPT) to CFLAGS+=$(INCLUDE_OPT) -Wno-error Do the same in the ../src/backend/storage/lmgr directory. 1.17) When compiling postgres, gcc reports signal 11 and aborts. More specifically: gcc: Internal compiler error: program cc1 got fatal signal 11 This may be a hardware/memory problem. PortgreSQL is a big program, and large gcc compilations (such as building PostgreSQL or bebuilding the kernel) stress memory like few other programs, resulting in errors that do not occur in normal operation. Lesser operating systems are also unlikely to stress the hardware to this degree so you may never see any problems under DOS/Windows. More information on this problem at: http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11 1.18) Can I install 6.1.1 under MkLinux? Tatsuo Ishii has done this under MkLinux DR2.1 update2 after a small patch available from: ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/cmd/postgres/6.1.1/mklinux.patch.gz ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2: Compiling accessory programs ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1) The linker fails to find libX11 when compiling pgtclsh Add the following to src/Makefile.custom X11_LIBDIR = /usr/X11R6/lib ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3: Runtime Problems ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1) I get an error reporting _fUnKy_POSTPORT_sTuFf_ undefined when running scripts like createuser This is a bug in V1.06-V1.07 of Postgres and is fixed in V1.08 and above. 3.2) I run postmaster and after that system says 'Bad system call(Core dumped)' This indicates that you have not compiled shared memory support into your kernel. You need to recompile the Linux kernel to add this feature. 3.3) When I try to start the Postmaster, why do I get an error of the form Failed Assertion("!(file != 0):(null)", File: "/usr/local/PostgreSQL/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c", Line: 257) !(file != 0) (0) initdb: could not create template database initdb: cleaning up. Your permissions on the file /dev/null are wrong. ls -l /dev/null should give you something like: crw-rw-rw- 1 root wheel 2, 2 Oct 8 18:41 /dev/null Correct the permissions using: chmod a+rw /dev/null 3.4) Why doesn't createuser work? There is a problem with Version 2.5.3 of GNU flex and createuser. Your options are to downgrade flex to V2.5.2, upgrade to V2.5.4 or apply a patch to V2.5.3 which is supplied in doc/README.flex You may obtain V2.5.4 from ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/flex-2.5.4.tar.gz 3.5) Why do I get an error like: IpcMemoryCreate: memKey=155356396 , size=760632 , permission=384IpcMemoryCreate: shmget(..., create, ...) failed: Invalid argument You haven't build IPC support into your Linux kernel. You will have to rebuild the kernel and switch on this option. 3.6) Why does psql fail with: psql: can't load library 'libpq.so.1' Psql has been compiled to link dynamically with the libpq library. To solve this, you should log in as root and edit the file /etc/ld.so.conf Add a single line at the end which gives the name of the PostgreSQL library directory (the lib subdirectory of your PostgreSQL installation) and run /sbin/ldconfig -v Alternatively, (and if you don't have root access), you may use the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable. The LD_LIBRARY_PATH variable contains a colon separated list of paths to be searched for shared libraries. This list is searched before the libraries specified by ldconfig. Therefore under Bash, you would do something like: export LD_LIBRARY_PATH='PathToPGSQL'/lib or, using tcsh setenv LD_LIBRARY_PATH 'PathToPGSQL'/lib replacing 'PathToPGSQL' with the appropriate path to your top level PostgreSQL directory Note that the ldd command can be used on a dynamically linked executable to list the paths to all the shared libraries upon which the executable depends. 3.7) Other strange behaviour I'm not sure what the symptoms might be except for nothing working properly, but it has been pointed out that one needs to be careful that the dynamic loader loads the correct version of the libpq library. If you have old versions lying around in your library path (for example in /usr/lib) these may get loaded instead of the new version you intended to load. Make sure you get them out of the way and look at Q3.6 for details of loading libraries. 3.8) When PostgreSQL is running when the system is shutdown, Linux always fsck's the disk when rebooted. There have been some reports of this happening and it seems to be a result of running PostgreSQL from /etc/inittab as suggested in the INSTALL document. You are therefore recommended to start the postmaster from an rc script. Under a Slackware-like release, you would modify /etc/rc.d/rc.local to start the postmaster. Under a RedHat-like release you should create a SysV style script in /etc/rc.d/rc3.d based on the /etc/rc.d/init.d skeleton file. There's a sample file in contrib/linux/postgres.init Here's another sample file supplied by John Robinson which you should modify as needed: #!/bin/sh # # postgreSQL.init This shell script takes care of starting and stopping # the PostgreSQL postmaster. # # Source function library. \&. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions # Source networking configuration. \&. /etc/sysconfig/network # Check that networking is up. [ $(NETWORKING) = "no" ] && exit 0 # See how we were called. case "$1" in start) # Start daemons. echo -n "Starting postgres Postmaster daemon:" if [ -z "`pidofproc postmaster`" ] then su postgres -c "/usr/local/pgsql/bin/postmaster -D /home/postgreSQL/data -p 5432 &" echo -n " postmaster" else echo -n " (already running)" fi echo touch /var/lock/subsys/postgres ;; stop) # Stop daemons. echo -n "Shutting down postgres Postmaster daemon: " killall -TERM postmaster 2>/dev/null killall -TERM postgres 2>/dev/null echo rm -f /var/lock/subsys/postgres ;; *) echo "Usage: postgres (start|stop)" exit 1 esac exit 0 3.9) Why does Query 32 in the regression tests take so long? This is due to a bug in regression scripts which only happens on linux boxes. There are two workarounds as far as I know (information from Tatsuo Ishii ): 1. change following in regress.sh: time postgres -texecutor -tplanner -Q bench < bench.sql to: postgres -texecutor -tplanner -Q bench < bench.sql 2. after running the test, remove a line at the very end of bench.out something like: 85.86user 114.47system 4:49.20elapsed 69%CPU (0avgtext+0avgdata 0maxresident)k then type: sh ./perquery < bench.out > & bench.out.perquery ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dr. Andrew C.R. Martin University College London EMAIL: (Work) martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk (Home) andrew@stagleys.demon.co.uk URL: http://www.biochem.ucl.ac.uk/~martin Tel: (Work) +44(0)171 419 3890 (Home) +44(0)1372 275775 40. FAQ IRIX-PostgreSQL 40.1. Latest version of FAQ IRIX-PostgreSQL The FAQ is included here since not all the users have the browsers like Netscape and Internet access. Users may use GnuInfo, Ghostview, vi editor or man command to read the FAQ document. This document is generated in 10 different formats like GnuInfo, RTF, Plain-Text, Man page, Postscript etc.. and is distributed on Linux CDROMs. Please refer to the latest version of FAQ which is at <http://www.postgresql.org/docs/faq-english.shtml> in case you have access to Internet." The FAQ is included here just for your convenience. 40.2. Extract of IRIX FAQ from main PostgreSQL Web site If you have access to internet, please click on this URL now for the latest version � <http://www.postgresql.org/docs> ====================================================== Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for PostgreSQL >=V6.1 IRIX Specific TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NORMAL FAQ ====================================================== last updated: Mon Dec 04 10:20:00 GMT 1997 current maintainer: Andrew C.R. Martin (martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk) original author: Andrew C.R. Martin (martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk) Changes in this version (* = modified, + = new, - = removed): +1.9) Why does IRIX5 lex fail with PostgreSQL 6.2.1? This file is divided approximately as follows: 1.*) Installing PostgreSQL 2.*) Uninstalling PostgreSQL 3.*) Extending PostgreSQL Questions answered: 1.1) What extra items do I need to install PostgreSQL under Irix? 1.2) What changes do I need to make to src/Makefile.global? 1.3) What are the references in X11_LIB to libsocket and libnsl in src/Makefile.global? 1.4) Are there any other changes I should make? 1.5) Can I install PostgreSQL under Irix 6.x? 1.6) The make fails with the following message: ld32: ERROR 4: Conflicting flag setting: -call_shared 1.7) Why won't it link? (Problems with lorder) 1.8) I have major problems with IRIX 6! 1.9) Why does lex fail with PostgreSQL 6.2.1? 2.1) Why can't I move the executable files? 3.1) How do I compile a C program to create a function for extending PostgreSQL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 1: Installing PostgreSQL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.1) What extra items do I need to install PostgreSQL under Irix? You *must* have the following installed: a) Gnu make (installed as gmake) You are recommended to install the following: a) GNU install (installed as ginstall) (This is part of the GNU fileutils package) You may choose to install the following: a) GNU readline library (if you wish psql to have readline support). b) tcl/tk (if you wish to compile pgtclsh) 1.2) What changes do I need to make to src/Makefile.global or src/Makefile.custom? The easiest way to do this is to use the customize script in the src directory. You *must* set the following variables: PORTNAME= irix5 You will also need to change the following to match your own installation: POSTGRESDIR If you switch on the USE_TCL option, you will need to set these: TCL_INCDIR= TCL_LIBDIR= TCL_LIB = TK_INCDIR= TK_LIBDIR= TK_LIB = You may also make any other changes you need as documented in the INSTALL file and in Makefile.global 1.3) What are the references in X11_LIB to libsocket and libnsl in src/Makefile.global? This was a problem in 1.08 (they are Sun Solaris specific). It is fixed in 1.09 and above. 1.4) Are there any other changes I should make? If you have installed the GNU install program (ginstall), you should add the following line to src/Makefile.custom: CUSTOM_INSTALL=ginstall For an explanation as to why this is a good idea, see Question 2.1 Ginstall is part of the GNU fileutils package. 1.5) Can I install PostgreSQL under Irix 6.x? Irix 6.2-6.4 has a bug in ld which mishandles the addresses of static procedures when object files are assembled into larger object files using 'ld -r'. This bug has been reported to Silicon Graphics. One option is to use the Gnu version of ld. Alternatively, the following patch should be applied as a workaround. (Supplied by Bob Bruccoleri ) *** ./backend/Makefile.orig Thu May 22 00:00:15 1997 --- ./backend/Makefile Thu Jun 5 16:47:27 1997 *************** *** 54,60 **** all: postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source postgres: $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o ! $(CC) -o postgres $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS): $(DIRS:%=%.dir) --- 54,64 ---- all: postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source postgres: $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o ! # $(CC) -o postgres $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) ! -rm -f *.o ! find . -name "*.o" -exec cp \(\) . \; ! rm -f SUBSYS.o ! $(CC) -o postgres *.o ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS): $(DIRS:%=%.dir) 1.6) The make fails with the following message: ld32: ERROR 4: Conflicting flag setting: -call_shared If gmake fails in .../src/backend while building obj/ACCESS.o with a message from ld32, you can work around this by using ld for the LD environment variable rather than cc. The problem has been observed under Irix 5.3 when compiling both Postgres95-1.09 and PostgreSQL-6.2Beta6, but on some systems these appear to compile with no such problems. Fix supplied by Brian Sanders (bsanders@netcom.com, brian@fresnelsoft.com) 1.7) Why won't it link? (Problems with lorder) According to the IRIX man pages, lorder is useless, but harmless under IRIX. However, it has caused problems for some people using both IRIX 6.2. The solution is to add the following line to .../src/makefiles/Makefile.irix5 MK_NO_LORDER=true 1.8) I have major problems with IRIX 6! The following is quoted directly from Bob Bruccoleri There is a really nasty loader bug in the compiler system (7.1) on Irix 6.x, and the error that Lasse Petersen is the result of it. Here is the original message. I don't know if all the changes have been folded into the current release. Date: Fri, 06 Jun 1997 17:12:20 -0400 (EDT) From: bruc@bms.com (Robert Bruccoleri) Subject: [PORTS] Patches for Irix 6.4 I have worked out how to compile PostgreSQL on Irix 6.4 using the -n32 compiler mode and version 7.1 of the C compiler. (The n32 compiler use 32 bits addressing, but allows access to all the instructions in the MIPS4 instruction set.) There were several problems: 1) The ld command is not referenced as a macro in all the Makefiles. On this platform, you have to include -n32 on all the ld commands. Makefiles were changed as needed. 2) There is a bug in "ld" which mishandles the addresses of static procedures when object files are assembled into larger object files using "ld -r". Because of this, I put a hack into src/backend/Makefile to avoid all the SUBSYS.o files and just link all the objects. I have contacted SGI about the problem, and hopefully, it will be fixed in the near future. 3) Lots of warnings are generated from the compiler. Since the regression tests worked OK, I didn't attempt to fix them. If anyone wants the compilation log, please let me know, and I'll email it to you. The version of postgresql was 970602. Here is Makefile.custom: CUSTOM_COPT = -O2 -n32 MK_NO_LORDER = 1 LD = ld -n32 CC += -n32 Here are the patches: *** ./backend/access/Makefile.orig Sun Nov 10 00:00:15 1996 - --- ./backend/access/Makefile Tue Jun 3 10:22:32 1997 *************** *** 8,13 **** - --- 8,16 ---- # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- + SRCDIR = ../.. + include ../../Makefile.global + OBJS = common/SUBSYS.o gist/SUBSYS.o hash/SUBSYS.o heap/SUBSYS.o \ index/SUBSYS.o rtree/SUBSYS.o nbtree/SUBSYS.o transam/SUBSYS.o *** ./backend/bootstrap/Makefile.orig Fri Apr 18 06:00:23 1997 - --- ./backend/bootstrap/Makefile Tue Jun 3 10:23:59 1997 *************** *** 38,44 **** all: SUBSYS.o SUBSYS.o: $(OBJS) ! ld -r -o SUBSYS.o $(OBJS) # bootstrap.o's dependency on bootstrap_tokens.h is computed by the # make depend, but we state it here explicitly anyway because - --- 38,44 ---- all: SUBSYS.o SUBSYS.o: $(OBJS) ! $(LD) -r -o SUBSYS.o $(OBJS) # bootstrap.o's dependency on bootstrap_tokens.h is computed by the # make depend, but we state it here explicitly anyway because *** ./backend/Makefile.orig Thu May 22 00:00:15 1997 - --- ./backend/Makefile Thu Jun 5 16:47:27 1997 *************** *** 54,60 **** all: postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source postgres: $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o ! $(CC) -o postgres $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS): $(DIRS:%=%.dir) - --- 54,64 ---- all: postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source postgres: $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o ! # $(CC) -o postgres $(OBJS) ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) ! -rm -f *.o ! find . -name "*.o" -exec cp \(\) . \; ! rm -f SUBSYS.o ! $(CC) -o postgres *.o ../utils/version.o $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS): $(DIRS:%=%.dir) *************** *** 116,122 **** install: $(LIBDIR) $(BINDIR) $(HEADERDIR) postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) fmgr.h\ global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source \ libpq/pg_hba.conf.sample optimizer/geqo/pg_geqo.sample ! $(INSTALL) $(INSTL_EXE_OPTS) postgres $(BINDIR)/postgres ifeq ($(MAKE_EXPORTS), true) $(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) $(POSTGRES_IMP) $(LIBDIR)/$(POSTGRES_IMP) - --- 120,126 ---- install: $(LIBDIR) $(BINDIR) $(HEADERDIR) postgres $(POSTGRES_IMP) fmgr.h\ global1.bki.source local1_template1.bki.source \ libpq/pg_hba.conf.sample optimizer/geqo/pg_geqo.sample ! $(INSTALL) $(INSTL_EXE_OPTS) postgres $(BINDIR)/postgres ifeq ($(MAKE_EXPORTS), true) $(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) $(POSTGRES_IMP) $(LIBDIR)/$(POSTGRES_IMP) *** ./backend/optimizer/Makefile.orig Wed Feb 19 12:00:34 1997 - --- ./backend/optimizer/Makefile Tue Jun 3 10:39:47 1997 *************** *** 8,13 **** - --- 8,16 ---- # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- + SRCDIR= ../.. + include ../../Makefile.global + all: submake SUBSYS.o OBJS = path/SUBSYS.o plan/SUBSYS.o prep/SUBSYS.o util/SUBSYS.o geqo/SUBSYS.o *** ./backend/libpq/pqcomprim.c.orig Mon May 26 00:00:23 1997 - --- ./backend/libpq/pqcomprim.c Fri Jun 6 16:02:24 1997 *************** *** 32,40 **** # define hton_l(n) (ntoh_l(n)) # else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */ # if BYTE_ORDER == PDP_ENDIAN ! # #error PDP_ENDIAN macros not written yet # else /* BYTE_ORDER != anything known */ ! # #error BYTE_ORDER not defined as anything understood # endif /* BYTE_ORDER == PDP_ENDIAN */ # endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */ #endif /* BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN */ - --- 32,40 ---- # define hton_l(n) (ntoh_l(n)) # else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */ # if BYTE_ORDER == PDP_ENDIAN ! # error PDP_ENDIAN macros not written yet # else /* BYTE_ORDER != anything known */ ! # error BYTE_ORDER not defined as anything understood # endif /* BYTE_ORDER == PDP_ENDIAN */ # endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */ #endif /* BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN */ *** ./backend/storage/Makefile.orig Sun Nov 10 00:01:06 1996 - --- ./backend/storage/Makefile Tue Jun 3 10:41:29 1997 *************** *** 8,13 **** - --- 8,16 ---- # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- + SRCDIR= ../.. + include ../../Makefile.global + all: submake SUBSYS.o OBJS = buffer/SUBSYS.o file/SUBSYS.o ipc/SUBSYS.o large_object/SUBSYS.o \ 1.9) Why does lex fail with PostgreSQL 6.2.1? IRIX 5.3 lex has been reported to fail in postgresql-6.2.1/src/backend/parser with the error: lex scan.l "scan.l":line 86: Error: Invalid request %x xc gmake[2]: *** [scan.c] Error 1 The answer is to use GNU flex 2.5.4 or later. Use the command flex --version to check you have a new enough version of flex ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 2: Deinstalling PostgreSQL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1) Why can't I move the executable files? By default, the IRIX port uses the BSD compatible version of install from /usr/bin/X11. If you read the man page for this version of install, you will see that it is not meant for end-user use; it has the interesting side-effect of chowning files it installs to root. You should still be able to delete the files as you (the postgres user) will own the directory in which they are stored. The normal IRIX install program cannot be used easily as it takes its arguments in the reverse order. It is therefore recommended to use the GNU version of install (ginstall). See Question 1.4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Section 3: Extending PostgreSQL ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1) How do I compile a C program to create a function for extending PostgreSQL Here is a sample command line: cc -I/usr/local/PostgreSQL/include/ -I/usr/local/PostgreSQL/src/backend -shared -o funcs.so funcs.c ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dr. Andrew C.R. Martin University College London EMAIL: (Work) martin@biochem.ucl.ac.uk (Home) andrew@stagleys.demon.co.uk URL: http://www.biochem.ucl.ac.uk/~martin Tel: (Work) +44(0)171 419 3890 (Home) +44(0)1372 275775 41. Copyright Notice Copyright (c) 1997 Al Dev (Alavoor Vasudevan). All rights reserved. NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. In no event shall the author of this document be liable for any damages whatsoever (including without limitation, special, incidental, consequential, or direct/indirect damages for personal injury, loss of business profits, business interruption, loss of business information, or any other pecuniary loss) arising out of the use of this document. Author offers no warranties or guarantees on fitness, usablity, mechantability of this document. Brands, companies and product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Please refer to individual copyright notices of brands, companies and products mentioned in this document. It is your responsibility to read and understand the copyright notices of the organisations/companies/products/authors mentioned in this document before using their respective information. 42. Appendix A - Syntax of ANSI/ISO SQL 1992 This file contains a depth-first tree traversal of the BNF for the language done at about 27-AUG-1992 11:03:41.64. The specific version of the BNF included here is: ANSI-only, SQL2-only. <SQL terminal character> ::= <SQL language character> | <SQL embedded language character> <SQL language character> ::= <simple Latin letter> | <digit> | <SQL special character> <simple Latin letter> ::= <simple Latin upper case letter> | <simple Latin lower case letter> <simple Latin upper case letter> ::= A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z <simple Latin lower case letter> ::= a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m | n | o | p | q | r | s | t | u | v | w | x | y | z <digit> ::= 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 <SQL special character> ::= <space> | <double quote> | <percent> | <ampersand> | <quote> | <left paren> | <right paren> | <asterisk> | <plus sign> | <comma> | <minus sign> | <period> | <solidus> | <colon> | <semicolon> | <less than operator> | <equals operator> | <greater than operator> | <question mark> | <underscore> | <vertical bar> <space> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(space character in character set in use) <double quote> ::= " <percent> ::= % <ampersand> ::= & <quote> ::= ' <left paren> ::= ( <right paren> ::= ) <asterisk> ::= * <plus sign> ::= + <comma> ::= , <minus sign> ::= - <period> ::= . <solidus> ::= / <colon> ::= : <semicolon> ::= ; <less than operator> ::= < <equals operator> ::= = <greater than operator> ::= > <question mark> ::= ? <underscore> ::= _ <vertical bar> ::= | <SQL embedded language character> ::= <left bracket> | <right bracket> <left bracket> ::= [ <right bracket> ::= ] <token> ::= <nondelimiter token> | <delimiter token> <nondelimiter token> ::= <regular identifier> | <key word> | <unsigned numeric literal> | <national character string literal> | <bit string literal> | <hex string literal> <regular identifier> ::= <identifier body> <identifier body> ::= <identifier start> [ ( <underscore> | <identifier part> )... ] <identifier start> ::= <EMPHASIS>(!! See the Syntax Rules) <identifier part> ::= <identifier start> | <digit> <key word> ::= <reserved word> | <non-reserved word> <reserved word> ::= ABSOLUTE | ACTION | ADD | ALL | ALLOCATE | ALTER | AND | ANY | ARE | AS | ASC | ASSERTION | AT | AUTHORIZATION | AVG | BEGIN | BETWEEN | BIT | BIT_LENGTH | BOTH | BY | CASCADE | CASCADED | CASE | CAST | CATALOG | CHAR | CHARACTER | CHAR_LENGTH | CHARACTER_LENGTH | CHECK | CLOSE | COALESCE | COLLATE | COLLATION | COLUMN | COMMIT | CONNECT | CONNECTION | CONSTRAINT | CONSTRAINTS | CONTINUE | CONVERT | CORRESPONDING | COUNT | CREATE | CROSS | CURRENT | CURRENT_DATE | CURRENT_TIME | CURRENT_TIMESTAMP | CURRENT_USER | CURSOR | DATE | DAY | DEALLOCATE | DEC | DECIMAL | DECLARE | DEFAULT | DEFERRABLE | DEFERRED | DELETE | DESC | DESCRIBE | DESCRIPTOR | DIAGNOSTICS | DISCONNECT | DISTINCT | DOMAIN | DOUBLE | DROP | ELSE | END | END-EXEC | ESCAPE | EXCEPT | EXCEPTION | EXEC | EXECUTE | EXISTS | EXTERNAL | EXTRACT | FALSE | FETCH | FIRST | FLOAT | FOR | FOREIGN | FOUND | FROM | FULL | GET | GLOBAL | GO | GOTO | GRANT | GROUP | HAVING | HOUR | IDENTITY | IMMEDIATE | IN | INDICATOR | INITIALLY | INNER | INPUT | INSENSITIVE | INSERT | INT | INTEGER | INTERSECT | INTERVAL | INTO | IS | ISOLATION | JOIN | KEY | LANGUAGE | LAST | LEADING | LEFT | LEVEL | LIKE | LOCAL | LOWER | MATCH | MAX | MIN | MINUTE | MODULE | MONTH | NAMES | NATIONAL | NATURAL | NCHAR | NEXT | NO | NOT | NULL | NULLIF | NUMERIC | OCTET_LENGTH | OF | ON | ONLY | OPEN | OPTION | OR | ORDER | OUTER | OUTPUT | OVERLAPS | PAD | PARTIAL | POSITION | PRECISION | PREPARE | PRESERVE | PRIMARY | PRIOR | PRIVILEGES | PROCEDURE | PUBLIC | READ | REAL | REFERENCES | RELATIVE | RESTRICT | REVOKE | RIGHT | ROLLBACK | ROWS | SCHEMA | SCROLL | SECOND | SECTION | SELECT | SESSION | SESSION_USER | SET | SIZE | SMALLINT | SOME | SPACE | SQL | SQLCODE | SQLERROR | SQLSTATE | SUBSTRING | SUM | SYSTEM_USER | TABLE | TEMPORARY | THEN | TIME | TIMESTAMP | TIMEZONE_HOUR | TIMEZONE_MINUTE | TO | TRAILING | TRANSACTION | TRANSLATE | TRANSLATION | TRIM | TRUE | UNION | UNIQUE | UNKNOWN | UPDATE | UPPER | USAGE | USER | USING | VALUE | VALUES | VARCHAR | VARYING | VIEW | WHEN | WHENEVER | WHERE | WITH | WORK | WRITE | YEAR | ZONE <non-reserved word> ::= ADA | C | CATALOG_NAME | CHARACTER_SET_CATALOG | CHARACTER_SET_NAME | CHARACTER_SET_SCHEMA | CLASS_ORIGIN | COBOL | COLLATION_CATALOG | COLLATION_NAME | COLLATION_SCHEMA | COLUMN_NAME | COMMAND_FUNCTION | COMMITTED | CONDITION_NUMBER | CONNECTION_NAME | CONSTRAINT_CATALOG | CONSTRAINT_NAME | CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA | CURSOR_NAME | DATA | DATETIME_INTERVAL_CODE | DATETIME_INTERVAL_PRECISION | DYNAMIC_FUNCTION | FORTRAN | LENGTH | MESSAGE_LENGTH | MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH | MESSAGE_TEXT | MORE | MUMPS | NAME | NULLABLE | NUMBER | PASCAL | PLI | REPEATABLE | RETURNED_LENGTH | RETURNED_OCTET_LENGTH | RETURNED_SQLSTATE | ROW_COUNT | SCALE | SCHEMA_NAME | SERIALIZABLE | SERVER_NAME | SUBCLASS_ORIGIN | TABLE_NAME | TYPE | UNCOMMITTED | UNNAMED <unsigned numeric literal> ::= <exact numeric literal> | <approximate numeric literal> <exact numeric literal> ::= <unsigned integer> [ <period> [ <unsigned integer> ] ] | <period> <unsigned integer> <unsigned integer> ::= <digit>... <approximate numeric literal> ::= <mantissa> E <exponent> <mantissa> ::= <exact numeric literal> <exponent> ::= <signed integer> <signed integer> ::= [ <sign> ] <unsigned integer> <sign> ::= <plus sign> | <minus sign> <national character string literal> ::= N <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator>... <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> )... ] <character representation> ::= <nonquote character> | <quote symbol> <nonquote character> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <quote symbol> ::= <quote><quote> <separator> ::= ( <comment> | <space> | <newline> )... <comment> ::= <comment introducer> [ <comment character>... ] <newline> <comment introducer> ::= <minus sign><minus sign>[<minus sign>...] <comment character> ::= <nonquote character> | <quote> <newline> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(implementation-defined end-of-line indicator) <bit string literal> ::= B <quote> [ <bit>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator>... <quote> [ <bit>... ] <quote> )... ] <bit> ::= 0 | 1 <hex string literal> ::= X <quote> [ <hexit>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator>... <quote> [ <hexit>... ] <quote> )... ] <hexit> ::= <digit> | A | B | C | D | E | F | a | b | c | d | e | f <delimiter token> ::= <character string literal> | <date string> | <time string> | <timestamp string> | <interval string> | <delimited identifier> | <SQL special character> | <not equals operator> | <greater than or equals operator> | <less than or equals operator> | <concatenation operator> | <double period> | <left bracket> | <right bracket> <character string literal> ::= [ <introducer><character set specification> ] <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator>... <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> )... ] <introducer> ::= <underscore> <character set specification> ::= <standard character repertoire name> | <implementation-defined character repertoire name> | <user-defined character repertoire name> | <standard universal character form-of-use name> | <implementation-defined universal character form-of-use name> <standard character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <character set name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <SQL language identifier> <schema name> ::= [ <catalog name> <period> ] <unqualified schema name> <catalog name> ::= <identifier> <identifier> ::= [ <introducer><character set specification> ] <actual identifier> <actual identifier> ::= <regular identifier> | <delimited identifier> <delimited identifier> ::= <double quote> <delimited identifier body> <double quote> <delimited identifier body> ::= <delimited identifier part>... <delimited identifier part> ::= <nondoublequote character> | <doublequote symbol> <nondoublequote character> ::= <EMPHASIS>(!! See the Syntax Rules) <doublequote symbol> ::= <double quote><double quote> <unqualified schema name> ::= <identifier> <SQL language identifier> ::= <SQL language identifier start> [ ( <underscore> | <SQL language identifier part> )... ] <SQL language identifier start> ::= <simple Latin letter> <SQL language identifier part> ::= <simple Latin letter> | <digit> <implementation-defined character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <user-defined character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <standard universal character form-of-use name> ::= <character set name> <implementation-defined universal character form-of-use name> ::= <character set name> <date string> ::= <quote> <date value> <quote> <date value> ::= <years value> <minus sign> <months value> <minus sign> <days value> <years value> ::= <datetime value> <datetime value> ::= <unsigned integer> <months value> ::= <datetime value> <days value> ::= <datetime value> <time string> ::= <quote> <time value> [ <time zone interval> ] <quote> <time value> ::= <hours value> <colon> <minutes value> <colon> <seconds value> <hours value> ::= <datetime value> <minutes value> ::= <datetime value> <seconds value> ::= <seconds integer value> [ <period> [ <seconds fraction> ] ] <seconds integer value> ::= <unsigned integer> <seconds fraction> ::= <unsigned integer> <time zone interval> ::= <sign> <hours value> <colon> <minutes value> <timestamp string> ::= <quote> <date value> <space> <time value> [ <time zone interval> ] <quote> <interval string> ::= <quote> ( <year-month literal> | <day-time literal> ) <quote> <year-month literal> ::= <years value> | [ <years value> <minus sign> ] <months value> <day-time literal> ::= <day-time interval> | <time interval> <day-time interval> ::= <days value> [ <space> <hours value> [ <colon> <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] ] ] <time interval> ::= <hours value> [ <colon> <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] ] | <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] | <seconds value> <not equals operator> ::= <> <greater than or equals operator> ::= >= <less than or equals operator> ::= <= <concatenation operator> ::= || <double period> ::= .. <module> ::= <module name clause> <language clause> <module authorization clause> [ <temporary table declaration>... ] <module contents>... <module name clause> ::= MODULE [ <module name> ] [ <module character set specification> ] <module name> ::= <identifier> <module character set specification> ::= NAMES ARE <character set specification> <language clause> ::= LANGUAGE <language name> <language name> ::= ADA | C | COBOL | FORTRAN | MUMPS | PASCAL | PLI <module authorization clause> ::= SCHEMA <schema name> | AUTHORIZATION <module authorization identifier> | SCHEMA <schema name> AUTHORIZATION <module authorization identifier> <module authorization identifier> ::= <authorization identifier> <authorization identifier> ::= <identifier> <temporary table declaration> ::= DECLARE LOCAL TEMPORARY TABLE <qualified local table name> <table element list> [ ON COMMIT ( PRESERVE | DELETE ) ROWS ] <qualified local table name> ::= MODULE <period> <local table name> <local table name> ::= <qualified identifier> <qualified identifier> ::= <identifier> <table element list> ::= <left paren> <table element> [ ( <comma> <table element> )... ] <right paren> <table element> ::= <column definition> | <table constraint definition> <column definition> ::= <column name> ( <data type> | <domain name> ) [ <default clause> ] [ <column constraint definition>... ] [ <collate clause> ] <column name> ::= <identifier> <data type> ::= <character string type> [ CHARACTER SET <character set specification> ] | <national character string type> | <bit string type> | <numeric type> | <datetime type> | <interval type> <character string type> ::= CHARACTER [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | CHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | CHARACTER VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | CHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | VARCHAR <left paren> <length> <right paren> <length> ::= <unsigned integer> <national character string type> ::= NATIONAL CHARACTER [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NATIONAL CHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NCHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | NATIONAL CHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | NCHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> <bit string type> ::= BIT [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | BIT VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> <numeric type> ::= <exact numeric type> | <approximate numeric type> <exact numeric type> ::= NUMERIC [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | DECIMAL [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | DEC [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | INTEGER | INT | SMALLINT <precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <scale> ::= <unsigned integer> <approximate numeric type> ::= FLOAT [ <left paren> <precision> <right paren> ] | REAL | DOUBLE PRECISION <datetime type> ::= DATE | TIME [ <left paren> <time precision> <right paren> ] [ WITH TIME ZONE ] | TIMESTAMP [ <left paren> <timestamp precision> <right paren> ] [ WITH TIME ZONE ] <time precision> ::= <time fractional seconds precision> <time fractional seconds precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <timestamp precision> ::= <time fractional seconds precision> <interval type> ::= INTERVAL <interval qualifier> <interval qualifier> ::= <start field> TO <end field> | <single datetime field> <start field> ::= <non-second datetime field> [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> <right paren> ] <non-second datetime field> ::= YEAR | MONTH | DAY | HOUR | MINUTE <interval leading field precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <end field> ::= <non-second datetime field> | SECOND [ <left paren> <interval fractional seconds precision> <right paren> ] <interval fractional seconds precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <single datetime field> ::= <non-second datetime field> [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> <right paren> ] | SECOND [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> [ <comma> <interval fractional seconds precision> ] <right paren> ] <domain name> ::= <qualified name> <qualified name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <qualified identifier> <default clause> ::= DEFAULT <default option> <default option> ::= <literal> | <datetime value function> | USER | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | SYSTEM_USER | NULL <literal> ::= <signed numeric literal> | <general literal> <signed numeric literal> ::= [ <sign> ] <unsigned numeric literal> <general literal> ::= <character string literal> | <national character string literal> | <bit string literal> | <hex string literal> | <datetime literal> | <interval literal> <datetime literal> ::= <date literal> | <time literal> | <timestamp literal> <date literal> ::= DATE <date string> <time literal> ::= TIME <time string> <timestamp literal> ::= TIMESTAMP <timestamp string> <interval literal> ::= INTERVAL [ <sign> ] <interval string> <interval qualifier> <datetime value function> ::= <current date value function> | <current time value function> | <current timestamp value function> <current date value function> ::= CURRENT_DATE <current time value function> ::= CURRENT_TIME [ <left paren> <time precision> <right paren> ] <current timestamp value function> ::= CURRENT_TIMESTAMP [ <left paren> <timestamp precision> <right paren> ] <column constraint definition> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <column constraint> [ <constraint attributes> ] <constraint name definition> ::= CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <constraint name> ::= <qualified name> <column constraint> ::= NOT NULL | <unique specification> | <references specification> | <check constraint definition> <unique specification> ::= UNIQUE | PRIMARY KEY <references specification> ::= REFERENCES <referenced table and columns> [ MATCH <match type> ] [ <referential triggered action> ] <referenced table and columns> ::= <table name> [ <left paren> <reference column list> <right paren> ] <table name> ::= <qualified name> | <qualified local table name> <reference column list> ::= <column name list> <column name list> ::= <column name> [ ( <comma> <column name> )... ] <match type> ::= FULL | PARTIAL <referential triggered action> ::= <update rule> [ <delete rule> ] | <delete rule> [ <update rule> ] <update rule> ::= ON UPDATE <referential action> <referential action> ::= CASCADE | SET NULL | SET DEFAULT | NO ACTION <delete rule> ::= ON DELETE <referential action> <check constraint definition> ::= CHECK <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> <search condition> ::= <boolean term> | <search condition> OR <boolean term> <boolean term> ::= <boolean factor> | <boolean term> AND <boolean factor> <boolean factor> ::= [ NOT ] <boolean test> <boolean test> ::= <boolean primary> [ IS [ NOT ] <truth value> ] <boolean primary> ::= <predicate> | <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> <predicate> ::= <comparison predicate> | <between predicate> | <in predicate> | <like predicate> | <null predicate> | <quantified comparison predicate> | <exists predicate> | <unique predicate> | <match predicate> | <overlaps predicate> <comparison predicate> ::= <row value constructor> <comp op> <row value constructor> <row value constructor> ::= <row value constructor element> | <left paren> <row value constructor list> <right paren> | <row subquery> <row value constructor element> ::= <value expression> | <null specification> | <default specification> <value expression> ::= <numeric value expression> | <string value expression> | <datetime value expression> | <interval value expression> <numeric value expression> ::= <term> | <numeric value expression> <plus sign> <term> | <numeric value expression> <minus sign> <term> <term> ::= <factor> | <term> <asterisk> <factor> | <term> <solidus> <factor> <factor> ::= [ <sign> ] <numeric primary> <numeric primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <numeric value function> <value expression primary> ::= <unsigned value specification> | <column reference> | <set function specification> | <scalar subquery> | <case expression> | <left paren> <value expression> <right paren> | <cast specification> <unsigned value specification> ::= <unsigned literal> | <general value specification> <unsigned literal> ::= <unsigned numeric literal> | <general literal> <general value specification> ::= <parameter specification> | <dynamic parameter specification> | <variable specification> | USER | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | SYSTEM_USER | VALUE <parameter specification> ::= <parameter name> [ <indicator parameter> ] <parameter name> ::= <colon> <identifier> <indicator parameter> ::= [ INDICATOR ] <parameter name> <dynamic parameter specification> ::= <question mark> <variable specification> ::= <embedded variable name> [ <indicator variable> ] <embedded variable name> ::= <colon><host identifier> <host identifier> ::= <Ada host identifier> | <C host identifier> | <COBOL host identifier> | <Fortran host identifier> | <MUMPS host identifier> | <Pascal host identifier> | <PL/I host identifier> <Ada host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <C host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <COBOL host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <Fortran host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <MUMPS host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <Pascal host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <PL/I host identifier> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <indicator variable> ::= [ INDICATOR ] <embedded variable name> <column reference> ::= [ <qualifier> <period> ] <column name> <qualifier> ::= <table name> | <correlation name> <correlation name> ::= <identifier> <set function specification> ::= COUNT <left paren> <asterisk> <right paren> | <general set function> <general set function> ::= <set function type> <left paren> [ <set quantifier> ] <value expression> <right paren> <set function type> ::= AVG | MAX | MIN | SUM | COUNT <set quantifier> ::= DISTINCT | ALL <scalar subquery> ::= <subquery> <subquery> ::= <left paren> <query expression> <right paren> <query expression> ::= <non-join query expression> | <joined table> <non-join query expression> ::= <non-join query term> | <query expression> UNION [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query term> | <query expression> EXCEPT [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query term> <non-join query term> ::= <non-join query primary> | <query term> INTERSECT [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query primary> <non-join query primary> ::= <simple table> | <left paren> <non-join query expression> <right paren> <simple table> ::= <query specification> | <table value constructor> | <explicit table> <query specification> ::= SELECT [ <set quantifier> ] <select list> <table expression> <select list> ::= <asterisk> | <select sublist> [ ( <comma> <select sublist> )... ] <select sublist> ::= <derived column> | <qualifier> <period> <asterisk> <derived column> ::= <value expression> [ <as clause> ] <as clause> ::= [ AS ] <column name> <table expression> ::= <from clause> [ <where clause> ] [ <group by clause> ] [ <having clause> ] <from clause> ::= FROM <table reference> [ ( <comma> <table reference> )... ] <table reference> ::= <table name> [ [ AS ] <correlation name> [ <left paren> <derived column list> <right paren> ] ] | <derived table> [ AS ] <correlation name> [ <left paren> <derived column list> <right paren> ] | <joined table> <derived column list> ::= <column name list> <derived table> ::= <table subquery> <table subquery> ::= <subquery> <joined table> ::= <cross join> | <qualified join> | <left paren> <joined table> <right paren> <cross join> ::= <table reference> CROSS JOIN <table reference> <qualified join> ::= <table reference> [ NATURAL ] [ <join type> ] JOIN <table reference> [ <join specification> ] <join type> ::= INNER | <outer join type> [ OUTER ] | UNION <outer join type> ::= LEFT | RIGHT | FULL <join specification> ::= <join condition> | <named columns join> <join condition> ::= ON <search condition> <named columns join> ::= USING <left paren> <join column list> <right paren> <join column list> ::= <column name list> <where clause> ::= WHERE <search condition> <group by clause> ::= GROUP BY <grouping column reference list> <grouping column reference list> ::= <grouping column reference> [ ( <comma> <grouping column reference> )... ] <grouping column reference> ::= <column reference> [ <collate clause> ] <collate clause> ::= COLLATE <collation name> <collation name> ::= <qualified name> <having clause> ::= HAVING <search condition> <table value constructor> ::= VALUES <table value constructor list> <table value constructor list> ::= <row value constructor> [ ( <comma> <row value constructor> )... ] <explicit table> ::= TABLE <table name> <query term> ::= <non-join query term> | <joined table> <corresponding spec> ::= CORRESPONDING [ BY <left paren> <corresponding column list> <right paren> ] <corresponding column list> ::= <column name list> <query primary> ::= <non-join query primary> | <joined table> <case expression> ::= <case abbreviation> | <case specification> <case abbreviation> ::= NULLIF <left paren> <value expression> <comma> <value expression> <right paren> | COALESCE <left paren> <value expression> ( <comma> <value expression> )... <right paren> <case specification> ::= <simple case> | <searched case> <simple case> ::= CASE <case operand> <simple when clause>... [ <else clause> ] END <case operand> ::= <value expression> <simple when clause> ::= WHEN <when operand> THEN <result> <when operand> ::= <value expression> <result> ::= <result expression> | NULL <result expression> ::= <value expression> <else clause> ::= ELSE <result> <searched case> ::= CASE <searched when clause>... [ <else clause> ] END <searched when clause> ::= WHEN <search condition> THEN <result> <cast specification> ::= CAST <left paren> <cast operand> AS <cast target> <right paren> <cast operand> ::= <value expression> | NULL <cast target> ::= <domain name> | <data type> <numeric value function> ::= <position expression> | <extract expression> | <length expression> <position expression> ::= POSITION <left paren> <character value expression> IN <character value expression> <right paren> <character value expression> ::= <concatenation> | <character factor> <concatenation> ::= <character value expression> <concatenation operator> <character factor> <character factor> ::= <character primary> [ <collate clause> ] <character primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <string value function> <string value function> ::= <character value function> | <bit value function> <character value function> ::= <character substring function> | <fold> | <form-of-use conversion> | <character translation> | <trim function> <character substring function> ::= SUBSTRING <left paren> <character value expression> FROM <start position> [ FOR <string length> ] <right paren> <start position> ::= <numeric value expression> <string length> ::= <numeric value expression> <fold> ::= ( UPPER | LOWER ) <left paren> <character value expression> <right paren> <form-of-use conversion> ::= CONVERT <left paren> <character value expression> USING <form-of-use conversion name> <right paren> <form-of-use conversion name> ::= <qualified name> <character translation> ::= TRANSLATE <left paren> <character value expression> USING <translation name> <right paren> <translation name> ::= <qualified name> <trim function> ::= TRIM <left paren> <trim operands> <right paren> <trim operands> ::= [ [ <trim specification> ] [ <trim character> ] FROM ] <trim source> <trim specification> ::= LEADING | TRAILING | BOTH <trim character> ::= <character value expression> <trim source> ::= <character value expression> <bit value function> ::= <bit substring function> <bit substring function> ::= SUBSTRING <left paren> <bit value expression> FROM <start position> [ FOR <string length> ] <right paren> <bit value expression> ::= <bit concatenation> | <bit factor> <bit concatenation> ::= <bit value expression> <concatenation operator> <bit factor> <bit factor> ::= <bit primary> <bit primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <string value function> <extract expression> ::= EXTRACT <left paren> <extract field> FROM <extract source> <right paren> <extract field> ::= <datetime field> | <time zone field> <datetime field> ::= <non-second datetime field> | SECOND <time zone field> ::= TIMEZONE_HOUR | TIMEZONE_MINUTE <extract source> ::= <datetime value expression> | <interval value expression> <datetime value expression> ::= <datetime term> | <interval value expression> <plus sign> <datetime term> | <datetime value expression> <plus sign> <interval term> | <datetime value expression> <minus sign> <interval term> <interval term> ::= <interval factor> | <interval term 2> <asterisk> <factor> | <interval term 2> <solidus> <factor> | <term> <asterisk> <interval factor> <interval factor> ::= [ <sign> ] <interval primary> <interval primary> ::= <value expression primary> [ <interval qualifier> ] <interval term 2> ::= <interval term> <interval value expression> ::= <interval term> | <interval value expression 1> <plus sign> <interval term 1> | <interval value expression 1> <minus sign> <interval term 1> | <left paren> <datetime value expression> <minus sign> <datetime term> <right paren> <interval qualifier> <interval value expression 1> ::= <interval value expression> <interval term 1> ::= <interval term> <datetime term> ::= <datetime factor> <datetime factor> ::= <datetime primary> [ <time zone> ] <datetime primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <datetime value function> <time zone> ::= AT <time zone specifier> <time zone specifier> ::= LOCAL | TIME ZONE <interval value expression> <length expression> ::= <char length expression> | <octet length expression> | <bit length expression> <char length expression> ::= ( CHAR_LENGTH | CHARACTER_LENGTH ) <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <string value expression> ::= <character value expression> | <bit value expression> <octet length expression> ::= OCTET_LENGTH <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <bit length expression> ::= BIT_LENGTH <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <null specification> ::= NULL <default specification> ::= DEFAULT <row value constructor list> ::= <row value constructor element> [ ( <comma> <row value constructor element> )... ] <row subquery> ::= <subquery> <comp op> ::= <equals operator> | <not equals operator> | <less than operator> | <greater than operator> | <less than or equals operator> | <greater than or equals operator> <between predicate> ::= <row value constructor> [ NOT ] BETWEEN <row value constructor> AND <row value constructor> <in predicate> ::= <row value constructor> [ NOT ] IN <in predicate value> <in predicate value> ::= <table subquery> | <left paren> <in value list> <right paren> <in value list> ::= <value expression> ( <comma> <value expression> )... <like predicate> ::= <match value> [ NOT ] LIKE <pattern> [ ESCAPE <escape character> ] <match value> ::= <character value expression> <pattern> ::= <character value expression> <escape character> ::= <character value expression> <null predicate> ::= <row value constructor> IS [ NOT ] NULL <quantified comparison predicate> ::= <row value constructor> <comp op> <quantifier> <table subquery> <quantifier> ::= <all> | <some> <all> ::= ALL <some> ::= SOME | ANY <exists predicate> ::= EXISTS <table subquery> <unique predicate> ::= UNIQUE <table subquery> <match predicate> ::= <row value constructor> MATCH [ UNIQUE ] [ PARTIAL | FULL ] <table subquery> <overlaps predicate> ::= <row value constructor 1> OVERLAPS <row value constructor 2> <row value constructor 1> ::= <row value constructor> <row value constructor 2> ::= <row value constructor> <truth value> ::= TRUE | FALSE | UNKNOWN <constraint attributes> ::= <constraint check time> [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] | [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE [ <constraint check time> ] <constraint check time> ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE <table constraint definition> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <table constraint> [ <constraint attributes> ] <table constraint> ::= <unique constraint definition> | <referential constraint definition> | <check constraint definition> <unique constraint definition> ::= <unique specification> even in SQL3) <unique specification> <left paren> <unique column list> <right paren> <unique column list> ::= <column name list> <referential constraint definition> ::= FOREIGN KEY <left paren> <referencing columns> <right paren> <references specification> <referencing columns> ::= <reference column list> <module contents> ::= <declare cursor> | <dynamic declare cursor> | <procedure> <declare cursor> ::= DECLARE <cursor name> [ INSENSITIVE ] [ SCROLL ] CURSOR FOR <cursor specification> <cursor name> ::= <identifier> <cursor specification> ::= <query expression> [ <order by clause> ] [ <updatability clause> ] <order by clause> ::= ORDER BY <sort specification list> <sort specification list> ::= <sort specification> [ ( <comma> <sort specification> )... ] <sort specification> ::= <sort key> [ <collate clause> ] [ <ordering specification> ] <sort key> ::= <column name> | <unsigned integer> <ordering specification> ::= ASC | DESC <updatability clause> ::= FOR ( READ ONLY | UPDATE [ OF <column name list> ] ) <dynamic declare cursor> ::= DECLARE <cursor name> [ INSENSITIVE ] [ SCROLL ] CURSOR FOR <statement name> <statement name> ::= <identifier> <procedure> ::= PROCEDURE <procedure name> <parameter declaration list> <semicolon> <SQL procedure statement> <semicolon> <procedure name> ::= <identifier> <parameter declaration list> ::= <left paren> <parameter declaration> [ ( <comma> <parameter declaration> )... ] <right paren> | <parameter declaration>... <parameter declaration> ::= <parameter name> <data type> | <status parameter> <status parameter> ::= SQLCODE | SQLSTATE <SQL procedure statement> ::= <SQL schema statement> | <SQL data statement> | <SQL transaction statement> | <SQL connection statement> | <SQL session statement> | <SQL dynamic statement> | <SQL diagnostics statement> <SQL schema statement> ::= <SQL schema definition statement> | <SQL schema manipulation statement> <SQL schema definition statement> ::= <schema definition> | <table definition> | <view definition> | <grant statement> | <domain definition> | <character set definition> | <collation definition> | <translation definition> | <assertion definition> <schema definition> ::= CREATE SCHEMA <schema name clause> [ <schema character set specification> ] [ <schema element>... ] <schema name clause> ::= <schema name> | AUTHORIZATION <schema authorization identifier> | <schema name> AUTHORIZATION <schema authorization identifier> <schema authorization identifier> ::= <authorization identifier> <schema character set specification> ::= DEFAULT CHARACTER SET <character set specification> <schema element> ::= <domain definition> | <table definition> | <view definition> | <grant statement> | <assertion definition> | <character set definition> | <collation definition> | <translation definition> <domain definition> ::= CREATE DOMAIN <domain name> [ AS ] <data type> [ <default clause> ] [ <domain constraint>... ] [ <collate clause> ] <domain constraint> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <check constraint definition> [ <constraint attributes> ] <table definition> ::= CREATE [ ( GLOBAL | LOCAL ) TEMPORARY ] TABLE <table name> <table element list> [ ON COMMIT ( DELETE | PRESERVE ) ROWS ] <view definition> ::= CREATE VIEW <table name> [ <left paren> <view column list> <right paren> ] AS <query expression> [ WITH [ <levels clause> ] CHECK OPTION ] <view column list> ::= <column name list> <levels clause> ::= CASCADED | LOCAL <grant statement> ::= GRANT <privileges> ON <object name> TO <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] <privileges> ::= ALL PRIVILEGES | <action list> <action list> ::= <action> [ ( <comma> <action> )... ] <action> ::= SELECT | DELETE | INSERT [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | UPDATE [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | REFERENCES [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | USAGE <privilege column list> ::= <column name list> <object name> ::= [ TABLE ] <table name> | DOMAIN <domain name> | COLLATION <collation name> | CHARACTER SET <character set name> | TRANSLATION <translation name> <grantee> ::= PUBLIC | <authorization identifier> <assertion definition> ::= CREATE ASSERTION <constraint name> <assertion check> [ <constraint attributes> ] <assertion check> ::= CHECK <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> <character set definition> ::= CREATE CHARACTER SET <character set name> [ AS ] <character set source> [ <collate clause> | <limited collation definition> ] <character set source> ::= GET <existing character set name> <existing character set name> ::= <standard character repertoire name> | <implementation-defined character repertoire name> | <schema character set name> <schema character set name> ::= <character set name> <limited collation definition> ::= COLLATION FROM <collation source> <collation source> ::= <collating sequence definition> | <translation collation> <collating sequence definition> ::= <external collation> | <schema collation name> | DESC <left paren> <collation name> <right paren> | DEFAULT <external collation> ::= EXTERNAL <left paren> <quote> <external collation name> <quote> <right paren> <external collation name> ::= <standard collation name> | <implementation-defined collation name> <standard collation name> ::= <collation name> <implementation-defined collation name> ::= <collation name> <schema collation name> ::= <collation name> <translation collation> ::= TRANSLATION <translation name> [ THEN COLLATION <collation name> ] <collation definition> ::= CREATE COLLATION <collation name> FOR <character set specification> FROM <collation source> [ <pad attribute> ] <pad attribute> ::= NO PAD | PAD SPACE <translation definition> ::= CREATE TRANSLATION <translation name> FOR <source character set specification> TO <target character set specification> FROM <translation source> <source character set specification> ::= <character set specification> <target character set specification> ::= <character set specification> <translation source> ::= <translation specification> <translation specification> ::= <external translation> | IDENTITY | <schema translation name> <external translation> ::= EXTERNAL <left paren> <quote> <external translation name> <quote> <right paren> <external translation name> ::= <standard translation name> | <implementation-defined translation name> <standard translation name> ::= <translation name> <implementation-defined translation name> ::= <translation name> <schema translation name> ::= <translation name> <SQL schema manipulation statement> ::= <drop schema statement> | <alter table statement> | <drop table statement> | <drop view statement> | <revoke statement> | <alter domain statement> | <drop domain statement> | <drop character set statement> | <drop collation statement> | <drop translation statement> | <drop assertion statement> <drop schema statement> ::= DROP SCHEMA <schema name> <drop behavior> <drop behavior> ::= CASCADE | RESTRICT <alter table statement> ::= ALTER TABLE <table name> <alter table action> <alter table action> ::= <add column definition> | <alter column definition> | <drop column definition> | <add table constraint definition> | <drop table constraint definition> <add column definition> ::= ADD [ COLUMN ] <column definition> <alter column definition> ::= ALTER [ COLUMN ] <column name> <alter column action> <alter column action> ::= <set column default clause> | <drop column default clause> <set column default clause> ::= SET <default clause> <drop column default clause> ::= DROP DEFAULT <drop column definition> ::= DROP [ COLUMN ] <column name> <drop behavior> <add table constraint definition> ::= ADD <table constraint definition> <drop table constraint definition> ::= DROP CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <drop behavior> <drop table statement> ::= DROP TABLE <table name> <drop behavior> <drop view statement> ::= DROP VIEW <table name> <drop behavior> <revoke statement> ::= REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] <privileges> ON <object name> FROM <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] <drop behavior> <alter domain statement> ::= ALTER DOMAIN <domain name> <alter domain action> <alter domain action> ::= <set domain default clause> | <drop domain default clause> | <add domain constraint definition> | <drop domain constraint definition> <set domain default clause> ::= SET <default clause> <drop domain default clause> ::= DROP DEFAULT <add domain constraint definition> ::= ADD <domain constraint> <drop domain constraint definition> ::= DROP CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <drop domain statement> ::= DROP DOMAIN <domain name> <drop behavior> <drop character set statement> ::= DROP CHARACTER SET <character set name> <drop collation statement> ::= DROP COLLATION <collation name> <drop translation statement> ::= DROP TRANSLATION <translation name> <drop assertion statement> ::= DROP ASSERTION <constraint name> <SQL data statement> ::= <open statement> | <fetch statement> | <close statement> | <select statement: single row> | <SQL data change statement> <open statement> ::= OPEN <cursor name> <fetch statement> ::= FETCH [ [ <fetch orientation> ] FROM ] <cursor name> INTO <fetch target list> <fetch orientation> ::= NEXT | PRIOR | FIRST | LAST | ( ABSOLUTE | RELATIVE ) <simple value specification> <simple value specification> ::= <parameter name> | <embedded variable name> | <literal> <fetch target list> ::= <target specification> [ ( <comma> <target specification> )... ] <target specification> ::= <parameter specification> | <variable specification> <close statement> ::= CLOSE <cursor name> <select statement: single row> ::= SELECT [ <set quantifier> ] <select list> INTO <select target list> <table expression> <select target list> ::= <target specification> [ ( <comma> <target specification> )... ] <SQL data change statement> ::= <delete statement: positioned> | <delete statement: searched> | <insert statement> | <update statement: positioned> | <update statement: searched> <delete statement: positioned> ::= DELETE FROM <table name> WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <delete statement: searched> ::= DELETE FROM <table name> [ WHERE <search condition> ] <insert statement> ::= INSERT INTO <table name> <insert columns and source> <insert columns and source> ::= [ <left paren> <insert column list> <right paren> ] <query expression> | DEFAULT VALUES <insert column list> ::= <column name list> <update statement: positioned> ::= UPDATE <table name> SET <set clause list> WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <set clause list> ::= <set clause> [ ( <comma> <set clause> )... ] <set clause> ::= <object column> <equals operator> <update source> <object column> ::= <column name> <update source> ::= <value expression> | <null specification> | DEFAULT <update statement: searched> ::= UPDATE <table name> SET <set clause list> [ WHERE <search condition> ] <SQL transaction statement> ::= <set transaction statement> | <set constraints mode statement> | <commit statement> | <rollback statement> <set transaction statement> ::= SET TRANSACTION <transaction mode> [ ( <comma> <transaction mode> )... ] <transaction mode> ::= <isolation level> | <transaction access mode> | <diagnostics size> <isolation level> ::= ISOLATION LEVEL <level of isolation> <level of isolation> ::= READ UNCOMMITTED | READ COMMITTED | REPEATABLE READ | SERIALIZABLE <transaction access mode> ::= READ ONLY | READ WRITE <diagnostics size> ::= DIAGNOSTICS SIZE <number of conditions> <number of conditions> ::= <simple value specification> <set constraints mode statement> ::= SET CONSTRAINTS <constraint name list> ( DEFERRED | IMMEDIATE ) <constraint name list> ::= ALL | <constraint name> [ ( <comma> <constraint name> )... ] <commit statement> ::= COMMIT [ WORK ] <rollback statement> ::= ROLLBACK [ WORK ] <SQL connection statement> ::= <connect statement> | <set connection statement> | <disconnect statement> <connect statement> ::= CONNECT TO <connection target> <connection target> ::= <SQL-server name> [ AS <connection name> ] correspondence with Tony Gordon) [ USER <user name> ] | DEFAULT <SQL-server name> ::= <simple value specification> <connection name> ::= <simple value specification> <user name> ::= <simple value specification> <set connection statement> ::= SET CONNECTION <connection object> <connection object> ::= DEFAULT | <connection name> <disconnect statement> ::= DISCONNECT <disconnect object> <disconnect object> ::= <connection object> | ALL | CURRENT <SQL session statement> ::= <set catalog statement> | <set schema statement> | <set names statement> | <set session authorization identifier statement> | <set local time zone statement> <set catalog statement> ::= SET CATALOG <value specification> <value specification> ::= <literal> | <general value specification> <set schema statement> ::= SET SCHEMA <value specification> <set names statement> ::= SET NAMES <value specification> <set session authorization identifier statement> ::= SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION <value specification> <set local time zone statement> ::= SET TIME ZONE <set time zone value> <set time zone value> ::= <interval value expression> | LOCAL <SQL dynamic statement> ::= <system descriptor statement> | <prepare statement> | <deallocate prepared statement> | <describe statement> | <execute statement> | <execute immediate statement> | <SQL dynamic data statement> <system descriptor statement> ::= <allocate descriptor statement> | <deallocate descriptor statement> | <set descriptor statement> | <get descriptor statement> <allocate descriptor statement> ::= ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR <descriptor name> [ WITH MAX <occurrences> ] <descriptor name> ::= [ <scope option> ] <simple value specification> <scope option> ::= GLOBAL | LOCAL <occurrences> ::= <simple value specification> <deallocate descriptor statement> ::= DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR <descriptor name> <set descriptor statement> ::= SET DESCRIPTOR <descriptor name> <set descriptor information> <set descriptor information> ::= <set count> | VALUE <item number> <set item information> [ ( <comma> <set item information> )... ] <set count> ::= COUNT <equals operator> <simple value specification 1> <simple value specification 1> ::= <simple value specification> <item number> ::= <simple value specification> <set item information> ::= <descriptor item name> <equals operator> <simple value specification 2> <descriptor item name> ::= TYPE | LENGTH | OCTET_LENGTH | RETURNED_LENGTH | RETURNED_OCTET_LENGTH | PRECISION | SCALE | DATETIME_INTERVAL_CODE | DATETIME_INTERVAL_PRECISION | NULLABLE | INDICATOR | DATA | NAME | UNNAMED | COLLATION_CATALOG | COLLATION_SCHEMA | COLLATION_NAME | CHARACTER_SET_CATALOG | CHARACTER_SET_SCHEMA | CHARACTER_SET_NAME <simple value specification 2> ::= <simple value specification> <item number> ::= <simple value specification> <get descriptor statement> ::= GET DESCRIPTOR <descriptor name> <get descriptor information> <get descriptor information> ::= <get count> | VALUE <item number> <get item information> [ ( <comma> <get item information> )... ] <get count> ::= <simple target specification 1> <equals operator> COUNT <simple target specification 1> ::= <simple target specification> <simple target specification> ::= <parameter name> | <embedded variable name> <get item information> ::= <simple target specification 2> <equals operator> <descriptor item name>> <simple target specification 2> ::= <simple target specification> <prepare statement> ::= PREPARE <SQL statement name> FROM <SQL statement variable> <SQL statement name> ::= <statement name> | <extended statement name> <extended statement name> ::= [ <scope option> ] <simple value specification> <SQL statement variable> ::= <simple value specification> <deallocate prepared statement> ::= DEALLOCATE PREPARE <SQL statement name> <describe statement> ::= <describe input statement> | <describe output statement> <describe input statement> ::= DESCRIBE INPUT <SQL statement name> <using descriptor> <using descriptor> ::= ( USING | INTO ) SQL DESCRIPTOR <descriptor name> <describe output statement> ::= DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] <SQL statement name> <using descriptor> <execute statement> ::= EXECUTE <SQL statement name> [ <result using clause> ] [ <parameter using clause> ] <result using clause> ::= <using clause> <using clause> ::= <using arguments> | <using descriptor> <using arguments> ::= ( USING | INTO ) <argument> [ ( <comma> <argument> )... ] <argument> ::= <target specification> <parameter using clause> ::= <using clause> <execute immediate statement> ::= EXECUTE IMMEDIATE <SQL statement variable> <SQL dynamic data statement> ::= <allocate cursor statement> | <dynamic open statement> | <dynamic fetch statement> | <dynamic close statement> | <dynamic delete statement: positioned> | <dynamic update statement: positioned> <allocate cursor statement> ::= ALLOCATE <extended cursor name> [ INSENSITIVE ] [ SCROLL ] CURSOR FOR <extended statement name> <extended cursor name> ::= [ <scope option> ] <simple value specification> <dynamic open statement> ::= OPEN <dynamic cursor name> [ <using clause> ] <dynamic cursor name> ::= <cursor name> | <extended cursor name> <dynamic fetch statement> ::= FETCH [ [ <fetch orientation> ] FROM ] <dynamic cursor name> <using clause> <dynamic close statement> ::= CLOSE <dynamic cursor name> <dynamic delete statement: positioned> ::= DELETE FROM <table name> WHERE CURRENT OF <dynamic cursor name> <dynamic update statement: positioned> ::= UPDATE <table name> SET <set clause> [ ( <comma> <set clause> )... ] WHERE CURRENT OF <dynamic cursor name> <SQL diagnostics statement> ::= <get diagnostics statement> <get diagnostics statement> ::= GET DIAGNOSTICS <sql diagnostics information> <sql diagnostics information> ::= <statement information> | <condition information> <statement information> ::= <statement information item> [ ( <comma> <statement information item> )... ] <statement information item> ::= <simple target specification> <equals operator> <statement information item name> <statement information item name> ::= NUMBER | MORE | COMMAND_FUNCTION | DYNAMIC_FUNCTION | ROW_COUNT <condition information> ::= EXCEPTION <condition number> <condition information item> [ ( <comma> <condition information item> )... ] <condition number> ::= <simple value specification> <condition information item> ::= <simple target specification> <equals operator> <condition information item name> <condition information item name> ::= CONDITION_NUMBER | RETURNED_SQLSTATE | CLASS_ORIGIN | SUBCLASS_ORIGIN | SERVER_NAME | CONNECTION_NAME | CONSTRAINT_CATALOG | CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA | CONSTRAINT_NAME | CATALOG_NAME | SCHEMA_NAME | TABLE_NAME | COLUMN_NAME | CURSOR_NAME | MESSAGE_TEXT | MESSAGE_LENGTH | MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH <embedded SQL host program> ::= <embedded SQL Ada program> | <embedded SQL C program> | <embedded SQL COBOL program> | <embedded SQL Fortran program> | <embedded SQL MUMPS program> | <embedded SQL Pascal program> | <embedded SQL PL/I program> <embedded SQL Ada program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL C program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL COBOL program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL Fortran program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL MUMPS program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL Pascal program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL PL/I program> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <embedded SQL declare section> ::= <embedded SQL begin declare> [ <embedded character set declaration> ] [ <host variable definition>... ] <embedded SQL end declare> | <embedded SQL MUMPS declare> <embedded SQL begin declare> ::= <SQL prefix> BEGIN DECLARE SECTION [ <SQL terminator> ] <SQL prefix> ::= EXEC SQL | <ampersand>SQL<left paren> <SQL terminator> ::= END-EXEC | <semicolon> | <right paren> <embedded character set declaration> ::= SQL NAMES ARE <character set specification> <host variable definition> ::= <Ada variable definition> | <C variable definition> | <COBOL variable definition> | <Fortran variable definition> | <MUMPS variable definition> | <Pascal variable definition> | <PL/I variable definition> <Ada variable definition> ::= <Ada host identifier> [ ( <comma> <Ada host identifier> )... ] : <Ada type specification> [ <Ada initial value> ] <Ada type specification> ::= <Ada qualified type specification> | <Ada unqualified type specification> <Ada qualified type specification> ::= SQL_STANDARD.CHAR [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] <left paren> 1 <double period> <length> <right paren> | SQL_STANDARD.BIT <left paren> 1 <double period> <length> <right paren> | SQL_STANDARD.SMALLINT | SQL_STANDARD.INT | SQL_STANDARD.REAL | SQL_STANDARD.DOUBLE_PRECISION | SQL_STANDARD.SQLCODE_TYPE | SQL_STANDARD.SQLSTATE_TYPE | SQL_STANDARD.INDICATOR_TYPE <Ada unqualified type specification> ::= CHAR <left paren> 1 <double period> <length> <right paren> | BIT <left paren> 1 <double period> <length> <right paren> | SMALLINT | INT | REAL | DOUBLE_PRECISION | SQLCODE_TYPE | SQLSTATE_TYPE | INDICATOR_TYPE <Ada initial value> ::= <Ada assignment operator> <character representation>... <Ada assignment operator> ::= <colon><equals operator> <C variable definition> ::= [ <C storage class> ] [ <C class modifier> ] <C variable specification> <semicolon> <C storage class> ::= auto | extern | static <C class modifier> ::= const | volatile <C variable specification> ::= <C numeric variable> | <C character variable> | <C derived variable> <C numeric variable> ::= ( long | short | float | double ) <C host identifier> [ <C initial value> ] [ ( <comma> <C host identifier> [ <C initial value> ] )... ] <C initial value> ::= <equals operator> <character representation>... <C character variable> ::= char [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] [ ( <comma> <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] )... ] <C array specification> ::= <left bracket> <length> <right bracket> <C derived variable> ::= <C VARCHAR variable> | <C bit variable> <C VARCHAR variable> ::= VARCHAR [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] [ ( <comma> <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] )... ] <C bit variable> ::= BIT <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] [ ( <comma> <C host identifier> <C array specification> [ <C initial value> ] )... ] <COBOL variable definition> ::= (01|77) <COBOL host identifier> <COBOL type specification> [ <character representation>... ] <period> <COBOL type specification> ::= <COBOL character type> | <COBOL bit type> | <COBOL numeric type> | <COBOL integer type> <COBOL character type> ::= [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] ( PIC | PICTURE ) [ IS ] ( X [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] )... <COBOL bit type> ::= ( PIC | PICTURE ) [ IS ] ( B [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] )... <COBOL numeric type> ::= ( PIC | PICTURE ) [ IS ] S <COBOL nines specification> [ USAGE [ IS ] ] DISPLAY SIGN LEADING SEPARATE <COBOL nines specification> ::= <COBOL nines> [ V [ <COBOL nines> ] ] | V <COBOL nines> <COBOL nines> ::= ( 9 [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] )... <COBOL integer type> ::= <COBOL computational integer> | <COBOL binary integer> <COBOL computational integer> ::= ( PIC | PICTURE ) [ IS ] S<COBOL nines> [ USAGE [ IS ] ] ( COMP | COMPUTATIONAL ) <COBOL binary integer> ::= ( PIC | PICTURE ) [ IS ] S<COBOL nines> [ USAGE [ IS ] ] BINARY <Fortran variable definition> ::= <Fortran type specification> <Fortran host identifier> [ ( <comma> <Fortran host identifier> )... ] <Fortran type specification> ::= CHARACTER [ <asterisk> <length> ] [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] | BIT [ <asterisk> <length> ] | INTEGER | REAL | DOUBLE PRECISION <MUMPS variable definition> ::= ( <MUMPS numeric variable> | <MUMPS character variable> ) <semicolon> <MUMPS numeric variable> ::= <MUMPS type specification> <MUMPS host identifier> [ ( <comma> <MUMPS host identifier> )... ] <MUMPS type specification> ::= INT | DEC [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | REAL <MUMPS character variable> ::= VARCHAR <MUMPS host identifier> <MUMPS length specification> [ ( <comma> <MUMPS host identifier> <MUMPS length specification> )... ] <MUMPS length specification> ::= <left paren> <length> <right paren> <Pascal variable definition> ::= <Pascal host identifier> [ ( <comma> <Pascal host identifier> )... ] <colon> <Pascal type specification> <semicolon> <Pascal type specification> ::= PACKED ARRAY <left bracket> 1 <double period> <length> <right bracket> OF CHAR [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] | PACKED ARRAY <left bracket> 1 <double period> <length> <right bracket> OF BIT | INTEGER | REAL | CHAR [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] | BIT <PL/I variable definition> ::= (DCL | DECLARE) ( <PL/I host identifier> | <left paren> <PL/I host identifier> [ ( <comma> <PL/I host identifier> )... ] <right paren> ) <PL/I type specification> [ <character representation>... ] <semicolon> <PL/I type specification> ::= ( CHAR | CHARACTER ) [ VARYING ] <left paren><length><right paren> [ CHARACTER SET [ IS ] <character set specification> ] | BIT [ VARYING ] <left paren><length><right paren> | <PL/I type fixed decimal> <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> | <PL/I type fixed binary> [ <left paren> <precision> <right paren> ] | <PL/I type float binary> <left paren> <precision> <right paren> <PL/I type fixed decimal> ::= ( DEC | DECIMAL ) FIXED | FIXED ( DEC | DECIMAL ) <PL/I type fixed binary> ::= ( BIN | BINARY ) FIXED | FIXED ( BIN | BINARY ) <PL/I type float binary> ::= ( BIN | BINARY ) FLOAT | FLOAT ( BIN | BINARY ) <embedded SQL end declare> ::= <SQL prefix> END DECLARE SECTION [ <SQL terminator> ] <embedded SQL MUMPS declare> ::= <SQL prefix> BEGIN DECLARE SECTION [ <embedded character set declaration> ] [ <host variable definition>... ] END DECLARE SECTION <SQL terminator> <embedded SQL statement> ::= <SQL prefix> <statement or declaration> [ <SQL terminator> ] <statement or declaration> ::= <declare cursor> | <dynamic declare cursor> | <temporary table declaration> | <embedded exception declaration> | <SQL procedure statement> <embedded exception declaration> ::= WHENEVER <condition> <condition action> <condition> ::= SQLERROR | NOT FOUND <condition action> ::= CONTINUE | <go to> <go to> ::= ( GOTO | GO TO ) <goto target> <goto target> ::= <host label identifier> | <unsigned integer> | <host PL/I label variable> <host label identifier> ::= !!<EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <host PL/I label variable> ::= !!<EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <preparable statement> ::= <preparable SQL data statement> | <preparable SQL schema statement> | <preparable SQL transaction statement> | <preparable SQL session statement> | <preparable implementation-defined statement> <preparable SQL data statement> ::= <delete statement: searched> | <dynamic single row select statement> | <insert statement> | <dynamic select statement> | <update statement: searched> | <preparable dynamic delete statement: positioned> | <preparable dynamic update statement: positioned> <dynamic single row select statement> ::= <query specification> <dynamic select statement> ::= <cursor specification> <preparable dynamic delete statement: positioned> ::= DELETE [ FROM <table name> ] WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <preparable dynamic update statement: positioned> ::= UPDATE [ <table name> ] SET <set clause list> WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <preparable SQL schema statement> ::= <SQL schema statement> <preparable SQL transaction statement> ::= <SQL transaction statement> <preparable SQL session statement> ::= <SQL session statement> <preparable implementation-defined statement> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <direct SQL statement> ::= <directly executable statement> <semicolon> <directly executable statement> ::= <direct SQL data statement> | <SQL schema statement> | <SQL transaction statement> | <SQL connection statement> | <SQL session statement> | <direct implementation-defined statement> <direct SQL data statement> ::= <delete statement: searched> | <direct select statement: multiple rows> | <insert statement> | <update statement: searched> | <temporary table declaration> <direct select statement: multiple rows> ::= <query expression> [ <order by clause> ] <direct implementation-defined statement> ::= !!<EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <SQL object identifier> ::= <SQL provenance> <SQL variant> <SQL provenance> ::= <arc1> <arc2> <arc3> <arc1> ::= iso | 1 | iso <left paren> 1 <right paren> <arc2> ::= standard | 0 | standard <left paren> 0 <right paren> <arc3> ::= 9075 <SQL variant> ::= <SQL edition> <SQL conformance> <SQL edition> ::= <1987> | <1989> | <1992> <1987> ::= 0 | edition1987 <left paren> 0 <right paren> <1989> ::= <1989 base> <1989 package> <1989 base> ::= 1 | edition1989 <left paren> 1 <right paren> <1989 package> ::= <integrity no> | <integrity yes> <integrity no> ::= 0 | IntegrityNo <left paren> 0 <right paren> <integrity yes> ::= 1 | IntegrityYes <left paren> 1 <right paren> <1992> ::= 2 | edition1992 <left paren> 2 <right paren> <SQL conformance> ::= <low> | <intermediate> | <high> <low> ::= 0 | Low <left paren> 0 <right paren> <intermediate> ::= 1 | Intermediate <left paren> 1 <right paren> <high> ::= 2 | High <left paren> 2 <right paren> 43. Appendix B - Syntax of ANSI/ISO SQL 1998 SQL syntax specification for ANSI/ISO SQL 1998 also called SQL-3 as below - Under is a copy of the SQL3 bnf. SQL3 is a superset of SQL-92 [which is a superset of SQL-89 level 2]. SQL3 is not yet a standard, but SQL-92 is a standard. ENTRY LEVEL SQL-92 is the "current" implementation state of most vendors. There are only a few differences between SQL-92 ENTRY LEVEL and SQL-89 Level II, but two of them are very important: - Delimited identifiers - The handling of the WITH CHECK option on views defaults to CASCADE. In SQL-89 the default was [effectively] LOCAL. for the language done at about 1-SEP-1993 15:13:55.88. The specific version of the BNF included here is: ANSI-only, SQL3-only. <SQL terminal character> ::= <SQL language character> <SQL language character> ::= <simple Latin letter> | <digit> | <SQL special character> <simple Latin letter> ::= <simple Latin upper case letter> | <simple Latin lower case letter> <simple Latin upper case letter> ::= A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z <simple Latin lower case letter> ::= a | b | c | d | e | f | g | h | i | j | k | l | m | n | o | p | q | r | s | t | u | v | w | x | y | z <digit> ::= 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 <SQL special character> ::= <space> | <double quote> | <percent> | <ampersand> | <quote> | <left paren> | <right paren> | <asterisk> | <plus sign> | <comma> | <minus sign> | <period> | <solidus> | <colon> | <semicolon> | <less than operator> | <equals operator> | <greater than operator> | <question mark> | <left bracket> | <right bracket> | <circumflex> | <underscore> | <vertical bar> <space> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(space character in character set in use) <double quote> ::= " <percent> ::= % <ampersand> ::= & <quote> ::= ' <left paren> ::= ( <right paren> ::= ) <asterisk> ::= * <plus sign> ::= + <comma> ::= , <minus sign> ::= - <period> ::= . <solidus> ::= / <colon> ::= : <semicolon> ::= ; <less than operator> ::= < <equals operator> ::= = <greater than operator> ::= > <question mark> ::= ? <left bracket> ::= [ <right bracket> ::= ] <circumflex> ::= ^ <underscore> ::= _ <vertical bar> ::= | <separator> ::= ( <comment> | <space> | <newline> )... <comment> ::= <simple comment> | <bracketed comment> <simple comment> ::= <simple comment introducer> [ <comment character>... ] <newline> <simple comment introducer> ::= <minus sign><minus sign>[<minus sign>...] <comment character> ::= <nonquote character> | <quote> <nonquote character> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules.) <newline> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(implementation-defined end-of-line indicator) <bracketed comment> ::= !! (<EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules)) <bracketed comment introducer> <bracketed comment contents> <bracketed comment terminator> <bracketed comment introducer> ::= <solidus><asterisk> <bracketed comment contents> ::= [ ( <comment character> | <separator> )... ] <bracketed comment terminator> ::= <asterisk><solidus> <token> ::= <nondelimiter token> | <delimiter token> <nondelimiter token> ::= <regular identifier> | <key word> | <unsigned numeric literal> | <national character string literal> | <bit string literal> | <hex string literal> | <user-defined operator symbol> <regular identifier> ::= <identifier body> <identifier body> ::= <identifier start> [ ( <underscore> | <identifier part> )... ] <identifier start> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <identifier part> ::= <identifier start> | <digit> <key word> ::= <reserved word> | <non-reserved word> <reserved word> ::= ABSOLUTE | ACTION | ACTOR | ADD | AFTER | ALIAS | ALL | ALLOCATE | ALTER | AND | ANY | ARE | AS | ASC | ASSERTION | ASYNC | AT | ATTRIBUTES | AUTHORIZATION | AVG | BEFORE | BEGIN | BETWEEN | BIT | BIT_LENGTH | BOOLEAN | BOTH | BREADTH | BY | CASCADE | CASCADED | CASE | CAST | CATALOG | CHAR | CHARACTER | CHAR_LENGTH | CHARACTER_LENGTH | CHECK | CLASS | CLOSE | COALESCE | COLLATE | COLLATION | COLUMN | COMMIT | COMPLETION | CONNECT | CONNECTION | CONSTRAINT | CONSTRAINTS | CONSTRUCTOR | CONTINUE | CONVERT | CORRESPONDING | COUNT | CREATE | CROSS | CURRENT | CURRENT_DATE | CURRENT_PATH | CURRENT_TIME | CURRENT_TIMESTAMP | CURRENT_USER | CURSOR | CYCLE | DATA | DATE | DAY | DEALLOCATE | DEC | DECIMAL | DECLARE | DEFAULT | DEFERRABLE | DEFERRED | DELETE | DEPTH | DESC | DESCRIBE | DESCRIPTOR | DESIGNATOR | DESTROY | DESTRUCTOR | DICTIONARY | DIAGNOSTICS | DISCONNECT | DISTINCT | DOMAIN | DOUBLE | DROP | EACH | ELEMENT | ELSE | END | END-EXEC | EQUALS | ESCAPE | EXCEPT | EXEC | EXECUTE | EXISTS | EXTERNAL | EXTRACT | FACTOR | FALSE | FETCH | FIRST | FLOAT | FOR | FOREIGN | FOUND | FROM | FULL | FUNCTION | GENERAL | GET | GLOBAL | GO | GOTO | GRANT | GROUP | HAVING | HOUR | IDENTITY | IGNORE | IMMEDIATE | IN | INDICATOR | INITIALLY | INNER | INOUT | INPUT | INSENSITIVE | INSERT | INSTEAD | INT | INTEGER | INTERSECT | INTERVAL | INTO | IS | ISOLATION | JOIN | KEY | LANGUAGE | LAST | LEADING | LEFT | LESS | LEVEL | LIKE | LIMIT | LIST | LOCAL | LOWER | MATCH | MAX | MIN | MINUTE | MODIFY | MODULE | MONTH | MOVE | MULTISET | NAMES | NATIONAL | NATURAL | NCHAR | NEW | NEW_TABLE | NEXT | NO | NONE | NOT| NULL | NULLIF | NUMERIC | OCTET_LENGTH | OF | OFF | OID | OLD | OLD_TABLE | ON | ONLY | OPEN | OPERATION | OPERATOR | OPERATORS | OPTION | OR | ORDER | OUT | OUTER | OUTPUT | OVERLAPS | PAD | PARAMETERS | PARTIAL | PATH | PENDANT | POSITION | POSTFIX | PRECISION | PREFIX | PREORDER | PREPARE | PRESERVE | PRIMARY | PRIOR | PRIVATE | PRIVILEGES | PROCEDURE | PROTECTED | PUBLIC | READ | REAL | RECURSIVE | REFERENCES | REFERENCING | RELATIVE | REPRESENTATION | RESTRICT | REVOKE | RIGHT | ROLE | ROLLBACK | ROUTINE | ROW | ROWS | SAVEPOINT | SCHEMA | SCROLL | SEARCH | SECOND | SECTION | SELECT | SENSITIVE | SEQUENCE | SESSION | SESSION_USER | SET | SIMILAR | SIZE | SMALLINT | SOME | SPACE | SPECIFIC | SQL | SQLCODE | SQLERROR | SQLEXCEPTION | SQLSTATE | SQLWARNING | START | STATE | STRUCTURE | SUBSTRING | SUM | SYMBOL | SYSTEM_USER | TABLE | TEMPLATE | TEMPORARY | TERM | TEST | THAN | THEN | THERE | TIME | TIMESTAMP | TIMEZONE_HOUR | TIMEZONE_MINUTE | TO | TRAILING | TRANSACTION | TRANSLATE | TRANSLATION | TRIGGER | TRIM | TRUE | TYPE | UNDER | UNION | UNIQUE | UNKNOWN | UPDATE | UPPER | USAGE | USER | USING | VALUE | VALUES | VARCHAR | VARIABLE | VARIANT | VARYING | VIEW | VIRTUAL | VISIBLE | WAIT | WHEN | WHENEVER | WHERE | WITH | WITHOUT | WORK | WRITE | YEAR | ZONE <non-reserved word> ::= ADA | C | CATALOG_NAME | CHAIN | CHARACTER_SET_CATALOG | CHARACTER_SET_NAME | CHARACTER_SET_SCHEMA | CLASS_ORIGIN | COBOL | COLLATION_CATALOG | COLLATION_NAME | COLLATION_SCHEMA | COLUMN_NAME | COMMAND_FUNCTION | COMMITTED | CONDITION_NUMBER | CONNECTION_NAME | CONSTRAINT_CATALOG | CONSTRAINT_NAME | CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA | CURSOR_NAME | DATA | DATETIME_INTERVAL_CODE | DATETIME_INTERVAL_PRECISION | DYNAMIC_FUNCTION | FORTRAN | HOLD | KEY_MEMBER | KEY_TYPE | LENGTH | MESSAGE_LENGTH | MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH | MESSAGE_TEXT | MORE | MUMPS | NAME | NULLABLE | NUMBER | PASCAL | PLI | REPEATABLE | RETURNED_LENGTH | RETURNED_OCTET_LENGTH | RETURNED_SQLSTATE | ROUTINE_CATALOG | ROUTINE_NAME | ROUTINE_SCHEMA | ROW_COUNT | SCALE | SCHEMA_NAME | SERIALIZABLE | SERVER_NAME | SPECIFIC_NAME | SUBCLASS_ORIGIN | TABLE_NAME | TYPE | UNCOMMITTED | UNNAMED <unsigned numeric literal> ::= <exact numeric literal> | <approximate numeric literal> <exact numeric literal> ::= <unsigned integer> [ <period> [ <unsigned integer> ] ] | <period> <unsigned integer> <unsigned integer> ::= <digit>... <approximate numeric literal> ::= <mantissa> E <exponent> <mantissa> ::= <exact numeric literal> <exponent> ::= <signed integer> <signed integer> ::= [ <sign> ] <unsigned integer> <sign> ::= <plus sign> | <minus sign> <national character string literal> ::= N <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator> <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> )... ] <character representation> ::= <nonquote character> | <quote symbol> <quote symbol> ::= <quote><quote> <bit string literal> ::= B <quote> [ <bit>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator> <quote> [ <bit>... ] <quote> )... ] <bit> ::= 0 | 1 <hex string literal> ::= X <quote> [ <hexit>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator> <quote> [ <hexit>... ] <quote> )... ] <hexit> ::= <digit> | A | B | C | D | E | F | a | b | c | d | e | f <user-defined operator symbol> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <delimiter token> ::= <character string literal> | <date string> | <time string> | <timestamp string> | <interval string> | <delimited identifier> | <SQL special character> | <not equals operator> | <greater than or equals operator> | <less than or equals operator> | <concatenation operator> | <double period> | <double colon> | <assignment operator> | <left bracket> | <right bracket> <character string literal> ::= [ <introducer><character set specification> ] <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> [ ( <separator> <quote> [ <character representation>... ] <quote> )... ] <introducer> ::= <underscore> <character set specification> ::= <standard character repertoire name> | <implementation-defined character repertoire name> | <user-defined character repertoire name> | <standard universal character form-of-use name> | <implementation-defined universal character form-of-use name> <standard character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <character set name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <SQL language identifier> <schema name> ::= [ <catalog name> <period> ] <unqualified schema name> <catalog name> ::= <identifier> <identifier> ::= [ <introducer><character set specification> ] <actual identifier> <actual identifier> ::= <regular identifier> | <delimited identifier> <delimited identifier> ::= <double quote> <delimited identifier body> <double quote> <delimited identifier body> ::= <delimited identifier part>... <delimited identifier part> ::= <nondoublequote character> | <doublequote symbol> <nondoublequote character> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <doublequote symbol> ::= <double quote><double quote> <unqualified schema name> ::= <identifier> <SQL language identifier> ::= <SQL language identifier start> [ ( <underscore> | <SQL language identifier part> )... ] <SQL language identifier start> ::= <simple Latin letter> <SQL language identifier part> ::= <simple Latin letter> | <digit> <implementation-defined character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <user-defined character repertoire name> ::= <character set name> <standard universal character form-of-use name> ::= <character set name> <implementation-defined universal character form-of-use name> ::= <character set name> <date string> ::= <quote> <date value> <quote> <date value> ::= <years value> <minus sign> <months value> <minus sign> <days value> <years value> ::= <datetime value> <datetime value> ::= <unsigned integer> <months value> ::= <datetime value> <days value> ::= <datetime value> <time string> ::= <quote> <time value> [ <time zone interval> ] <quote> <time value> ::= <hours value> <colon> <minutes value> <colon> <seconds value> <hours value> ::= <datetime value> <minutes value> ::= <datetime value> <seconds value> ::= <seconds integer value> [ <period> [ <seconds fraction> ] ] <seconds integer value> ::= <unsigned integer> <seconds fraction> ::= <unsigned integer> <time zone interval> ::= <sign> <hours value> <colon> <minutes value> <timestamp string> ::= <quote> <date value> <space> <time value> [ <time zone interval> ] <quote> <interval string> ::= <quote> ( <year-month literal> | <day-time literal> ) <quote> <year-month literal> ::= <years value> | [ <years value> <minus sign> ] <months value> <day-time literal> ::= <day-time interval> | <time interval> <day-time interval> ::= <days value> [ <space> <hours value> [ <colon> <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] ] ] <time interval> ::= <hours value> [ <colon> <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] ] | <minutes value> [ <colon> <seconds value> ] | <seconds value> <not equals operator> ::= <> <greater than or equals operator> ::= >= <less than or equals operator> ::= <= <concatenation operator> ::= || <double period> ::= .. <double colon> ::= :: <assignment operator> ::= := <SQL-client module definition> ::= <module> <module> ::= <module name clause> <module remainder> [ END MODULE ] <module name clause> ::= MODULE [ <module name> ] <module name> ::= <SQL-server module name> | <SQL-client module name> <SQL-server module name> ::= <qualified identifier> <qualified identifier> ::= <identifier> <SQL-client module name> ::= <identifier> <module remainder> ::= [ <module character set specification> ] <language clause> <module authorization clause> [ <module path specification> ] <module contents>... <module character set specification> ::= NAMES ARE <character set specification> <language clause> ::= LANGUAGE <language name> <language name> ::= ADA | C | COBOL | FORTRAN | MUMPS | PASCAL | PLI | SQL <module authorization clause> ::= SCHEMA <schema name> | AUTHORIZATION <module authorization identifier> | SCHEMA <schema name> AUTHORIZATION <module authorization identifier> <module authorization identifier> ::= <authorization identifier> <authorization identifier> ::= <identifier> <module path specification> ::= PATH <schema name list> <schema name list> ::= <schema name> [ ( <comma> <schema name> )... ] <module contents> ::= <global declaration> [ <semicolon> ] | <routine> <global declaration> ::= <declare cursor> | <temporary abstract data type declaration> | <temporary table declaration> | <temporary view declaration> <declare cursor> ::= DECLARE <cursor name> [ <cursor sensitivity> ] [ SCROLL ] CURSOR [ WITH HOLD ] FOR <cursor specification> <cursor sensitivity> ::= SENSITIVE | INSENSITIVE <cursor name> ::= <local qualified name> <local qualified name> ::= [ <local qualifier> <period> ] <qualified identifier> <local qualifier> ::= MODULE <cursor specification> ::= <query expression> [ <order by clause> ] [ <updatability clause> ] <query expression> ::= <possibly updatable query expression> [ <trigger definition>... ] <possibly updatable query expression> ::= <non-join query expression> | <joined table> <non-join query expression> ::= <non-join query term> | <query expression> UNION [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query term> | <query expression> EXCEPT [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query term> <non-join query term> ::= <non-join query primary> | <query term> INTERSECT [ ALL ] [ <corresponding spec> ] <query primary> | <recursive union> <non-join query primary> ::= <simple table> | <left paren> <non-join query expression> <right paren> <simple table> ::= <query specification> | <table value designator> | <explicit table> | <collection expression> <query specification> ::= SELECT [ <set quantifier> ] <select list> <table expression> <set quantifier> ::= DISTINCT | ALL <select list> ::= <asterisk> | <select sublist> [ ( <comma> <select sublist> )... ] <select sublist> ::= <derived column> | <qualifier> <period> <asterisk> <derived column> ::= <value expression> [ <as clause> ] <value expression> ::= <numeric value expression> | <string value expression> | <datetime value expression> | <interval value expression> | <enumerated value expression> | <boolean value expression> | <attributes function> | <abstract data type value expression> | <table value expression> | <collection value expression> <numeric value expression> ::= <term> | <numeric value expression> <plus sign> <term> | <numeric value expression> <minus sign> <term> <term> ::= <factor> | <term> <asterisk> <factor> | <term> <solidus> <factor> <factor> ::= [ <sign> ] <numeric primary> <numeric primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <numeric value function> <value expression primary> ::= <unsigned value specification> | <column reference> | <row reference> | <set function specification> | <table subquery> | <case expression> | <left paren> <value expression> <right paren> | <cast specification> <unsigned value specification> ::= <unsigned literal> | <general value specification> <unsigned literal> ::= <unsigned numeric literal> | <general literal> <general literal> ::= <character string literal> | <national character string literal> | <bit string literal> | <hex string literal> | <datetime literal> | <interval literal> | <enumeration literal> | <boolean literal> | <oid literal> <datetime literal> ::= <date literal> | <time literal> | <timestamp literal> <date literal> ::= DATE <date string> <time literal> ::= TIME <time string> <timestamp literal> ::= TIMESTAMP <timestamp string> <interval literal> ::= INTERVAL [ <sign> ] <interval string> <interval qualifier> <interval qualifier> ::= <start field> TO <end field> | <single datetime field> <start field> ::= <non-second datetime field> [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> <right paren> ] <non-second datetime field> ::= YEAR | MONTH | DAY | HOUR | MINUTE <interval leading field precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <end field> ::= <non-second datetime field> | SECOND [ <left paren> <interval fractional seconds precision> <right paren> ] <interval fractional seconds precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <single datetime field> ::= <non-second datetime field> [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> <right paren> ] | SECOND [ <left paren> <interval leading field precision> [ <comma> <interval fractional seconds precision> ] <right paren> ] <enumeration literal> ::= <domain name> <double colon> <enumeration name> <domain name> ::= <schema qualified name> <schema qualified name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <qualified identifier> <enumeration name> ::= <identifier> <boolean literal> ::= TRUE | FALSE <oid literal> ::= OID <oid string> <oid string> ::= <quote> <oid value> <quote> <oid value> ::= <character representation>... <general value specification> ::= <item reference> | USER | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | SYSTEM_USER | CURRENT_PATH | VALUE | <function invocation> | <attribute reference> | <template parameter name> <item reference> ::= <parameter name> [ <indicator parameter> ] <parameter name> ::= <colon> <identifier> <indicator parameter> ::= [ INDICATOR ] <parameter name> <function invocation> ::= <routine invocation> <routine invocation> ::= <routine name> <argument list> <routine name> ::= <local or schema qualified name> <local or schema qualified name> ::= [ <local or schema qualifier> <period> ] <qualified identifier> <local or schema qualifier> ::= <schema name> | MODULE <argument list> ::= <left paren> <positional arguments> <comma> <keyword arguments> <right paren> | <left paren> <positional arguments> <right paren> | <left paren> <keyword arguments> <right paren> | <left paren> <right paren> <positional arguments> ::= <argument> [ ( <comma> <argument> )... ] <argument> ::= <value expression> | <generalized expression> <generalized expression> ::= <value expression> AS <abstract data type name> <abstract data type name> ::= <local or schema qualified name> <attribute name> ::= <identifier> | OID <keyword arguments> ::= <keyword argument> [ ( <comma> <keyword argument> )... ] <keyword argument> ::= <parameter name> <keyword parameter tag> <argument> <keyword parameter tag> ::= => <attribute reference> ::= <value specification> <period> <attribute name> <value specification> ::= <literal> | <general value specification> <literal> ::= <signed numeric literal> | <general literal> <signed numeric literal> ::= [ <sign> ] <unsigned numeric literal> <template parameter name> ::= <colon> <identifier> <column reference> ::= [ <qualifier> <period> ] <column name> <qualifier> ::= <table name> | <correlation name> <table name> ::= <local or schema qualified name> <correlation name> ::= <identifier> <column name> ::= <identifier> | OID <row reference> ::= ROW <qualifier> <set function specification> ::= COUNT <left paren> <asterisk> <right paren> | <general set function> <general set function> ::= <set function type> <left paren> [ <set quantifier> ] <value expression> <right paren> ] <set function type> ::= AVG | MAX | MIN | SUM | COUNT <table subquery> ::= <subquery> <subquery> ::= <left paren> <query expression> <right paren> <case expression> ::= <case abbreviation> | <case specification> <case abbreviation> ::= NULLIF <left paren> <value expression> <comma> <value expression> <right paren> | COALESCE <left paren> <value expression> ( <comma> <value expression> )... <right paren> <case specification> ::= <simple case> | <searched case> <simple case> ::= CASE <case operand> <simple when clause>... [ <else clause> ] END <case operand> ::= <value expression> <simple when clause> ::= WHEN <when operand> THEN <result> <when operand> ::= <value expression> <result> ::= <result expression> | NULL <result expression> ::= <value expression> <else clause> ::= ELSE <result> <searched case> ::= CASE <searched when clause>... [ <else clause> ] END <searched when clause> ::= WHEN <search condition> THEN <result> <search condition> ::= <boolean value expression> <boolean value expression> ::= <boolean term> | <boolean value expression> OR <boolean term> <boolean term> ::= <boolean factor> | <boolean term> AND <boolean factor> <boolean factor> ::= [ NOT ] <boolean primary> <boolean primary> ::= <predicate> | <value expression primary> <predicate> ::= <comparison predicate> | <between predicate> | <in predicate> | <like predicate> | <null predicate> | <quantified comparison predicate> | <exists predicate> | <unique predicate> | <match predicate> | <overlaps predicate> | <similar predicate> | <quantified predicate> | <there is predicate> | <distinct predicate> | <boolean predicate> <comparison predicate> ::= <row value designator> <comp op> <row value designator> <row value designator> ::= <row value designator element> | <left paren> <row value designator list> <right paren> | <row subquery> <row value designator element> ::= <value expression> | <null specification> | <default specification> <null specification> ::= NULL [ <left paren> <null state> <right paren> ] <null state> ::= <identifier> <default specification> ::= DEFAULT <row value designator list> ::= <row value designator element> [ ( <comma> <row value designator element> )... ] <row subquery> ::= <subquery> <comp op> ::= <equals operator> | <not equals operator> | <less than operator> | <greater than operator> | <less than or equals operator> | <greater than or equals operator> <between predicate> ::= <row value designator> [ NOT ] BETWEEN <row value designator> AND <row value designator> <in predicate> ::= <row value designator> [ NOT ] IN <in predicate value> <in predicate value> ::= <table subquery> | <left paren> <in value list> <right paren> <in value list> ::= <value expression> ( <comma> <value expression> )... <like predicate> ::= <match value> [ NOT ] LIKE <pattern> [ ESCAPE <escape character> ] <match value> ::= <character value expression> <character value expression> ::= <concatenation> | <character factor> <concatenation> ::= <character value expression> <concatenation operator> <character factor> <character factor> ::= <character primary> [ <collate clause> ] <character primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <string value function> <string value function> ::= <character value function> | <bit value function> <character value function> ::= <character substring function> | <regular expression substring function> | <fold> | <form-of-use conversion> | <character translation> | <trim function> <character substring function> ::= SUBSTRING <left paren> <character value expression> FROM <start position> [ FOR <string length> ] <right paren> <start position> ::= <numeric value expression> <string length> ::= <numeric value expression> <regular expression substring function> ::= SUBSTRING <left paren> <character value expression> FROM <character value expression> FOR <escape character> <right paren> <escape character> ::= <character value expression> <fold> ::= ( UPPER | LOWER ) <left paren> <character value expression> <right paren> <form-of-use conversion> ::= CONVERT <left paren> <character value expression> USING <form-of-use conversion name> <right paren> <form-of-use conversion name> ::= <schema qualified name> <character translation> ::= TRANSLATE <left paren> <character value expression> USING <translation name> <right paren> <translation name> ::= <schema qualified name> <trim function> ::= TRIM <left paren> <trim operands> <right paren> <trim operands> ::= [ [ <trim specification> ] [ <trim character> ] FROM ] <trim source> <trim specification> ::= LEADING | TRAILING | BOTH <trim character> ::= <character value expression> <trim source> ::= <character value expression> <bit value function> ::= <bit substring function> <bit substring function> ::= SUBSTRING <left paren> <bit value expression> FROM <start position> [ FOR <string length> ] <right paren> <bit value expression> ::= <bit concatenation> | <bit factor> <bit concatenation> ::= <bit value expression> <concatenation operator> <bit factor> <bit factor> ::= <bit primary> <bit primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <string value function> <collate clause> ::= COLLATE <collation name> <collation name> ::= <schema qualified name> <pattern> ::= <character value expression> <null predicate> ::= <row value designator> IS [ NOT ] NULL [ <left paren> <null values specification> <right paren> ] <null values specification> ::= <asterisk> | <null state> <quantified comparison predicate> ::= <row value designator> <comp op> <quantifier> <table subquery> <quantifier> ::= <all> | <some> <all> ::= ALL <some> ::= SOME | ANY <exists predicate> ::= EXISTS <table subquery> <unique predicate> ::= UNIQUE <table subquery> <match predicate> ::= <row value designator> MATCH [ UNIQUE ] [ PARTIAL | FULL ] <table subquery> <overlaps predicate> ::= <row value designator 1> OVERLAPS <row value designator 2> <row value designator 1> ::= <row value designator> <row value designator 2> ::= <row value designator> <row value designator 1> ::= <row value designator> <row value designator 2> ::= <row value designator> <similar predicate> ::= <match value> [ NOT ] SIMILAR TO <similar pattern> [ ESCAPE <escape character> ] <similar pattern> ::= <character value expression> <quantified predicate> ::= <existential clause> <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> | <universal clause> <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> | <quantified comparison predicate> <existential clause> ::= FOR SOME <table reference list> <table reference list> ::= <table reference> [ ( <comma> <table reference> )... ] <table reference> ::= <table name> [ [ AS ] <correlation name> [ <left paren> <derived column list> <right paren> ] ] | <derived table> [ AS ] <correlation name> [ <left paren> <derived column list> <right paren> ] | <joined table> <derived column list> ::= <column name list> <column name list> ::= <column name> [ ( <comma> <column name> )... ] <derived table> ::= <table subquery> <joined table> ::= <cross join> | <qualified join> | <left paren> <joined table> <right paren> <cross join> ::= <table reference> CROSS JOIN <table reference> <qualified join> ::= <table reference> [ NATURAL ] [ <join type> ] JOIN <table reference> [ <join specification> ] <join type> ::= INNER | <outer join type> [ OUTER ] | UNION <outer join type> ::= LEFT | RIGHT | FULL <join specification> ::= <join condition> | <named columns join> | <constraint join> <join condition> ::= ON <search condition> <named columns join> ::= USING <left paren> <join column list> <right paren> <join column list> ::= <column name list> <constraint join> ::= | USING PRIMARY KEY | USING FOREIGN KEY | USING CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <constraint name> ::= <schema qualified name> <universal clause> ::= FOR ALL <table reference list> <there is predicate> ::= <left paren> <there is clause> <where clause> <right paren> <there is clause> ::= THERE IS <table reference list> <where clause> ::= WHERE <search condition> <distinct predicate> ::= <row value designator 1> IS DISTINCT FROM <row value designator 2> <boolean predicate> ::= <boolean value expression> [ IS [ NOT ] <truth value> ] <truth value> ::= TRUE | FALSE | UNKNOWN <cast specification> ::= CAST <left paren> <cast operand> AS <cast target> <right paren> <cast operand> ::= <value expression> | NULL <cast target> ::= <domain name> | <data type> <data type> ::= <predefined type> | <abstract data type name> | <generated type reference> | <template parameter name> | <collection type> <predefined type> ::= <character string type> [ CHARACTER SET <character set specification> ] | <national character string type> | <bit string type> | <numeric type> | <enumerated type> | <boolean type> | <datetime type> | <interval type> <character string type> ::= CHARACTER [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | CHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | CHARACTER VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | CHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | VARCHAR <left paren> <length> <right paren> <length> ::= <unsigned integer> <national character string type> ::= NATIONAL CHARACTER [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NATIONAL CHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NCHAR [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | NATIONAL CHARACTER VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | NATIONAL CHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> | NCHAR VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> <bit string type> ::= BIT [ <left paren> <length> <right paren> ] | BIT VARYING <left paren> <length> <right paren> <numeric type> ::= <exact numeric type> | <approximate numeric type> <exact numeric type> ::= NUMERIC [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | DECIMAL [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | DEC [ <left paren> <precision> [ <comma> <scale> ] <right paren> ] | INTEGER | INT | SMALLINT <precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <scale> ::= <unsigned integer> <approximate numeric type> ::= FLOAT [ <left paren> <precision> <right paren> ] | REAL | DOUBLE PRECISION <enumerated type> ::= <left paren> <enumeration name list> <right paren> <enumeration name list> ::= <enumeration name> [ ( <comma> <enumeration name> )... ] <boolean type> ::= BOOLEAN <datetime type> ::= DATE | TIME [ <left paren> <time precision> <right paren> ] [ WITH TIME ZONE ] | TIMESTAMP [ <left paren> <timestamp precision> <right paren> ] [ WITH TIME ZONE ] <time precision> ::= <time fractional seconds precision> <time fractional seconds precision> ::= <unsigned integer> <timestamp precision> ::= <time fractional seconds precision> <interval type> ::= INTERVAL <interval qualifier> <generated type reference> ::= <type template name> <template parameter list> <type template name> ::= <schema qualified name> <template parameter list> ::= <left paren> <template parameter> [ ( <comma> <template parameter> )... ] <right paren> <template parameter> ::= <value specification> | <data type> <collection type> ::= <set type> | <multiset type> | <list type> <set type> ::= SET <left paren> <data type> <right paren> <multiset type> ::= MULTISET <left paren> <data type> <right paren> <list type> ::= LIST <left paren> <data type> <right paren> <numeric value function> ::= <position expression> | <extract expression> | <length expression> <position expression> ::= POSITION <left paren> <character value expression> IN <character value expression> <right paren> <extract expression> ::= EXTRACT <left paren> <extract field> FROM <extract source> <right paren> <extract field> ::= <datetime field> | <time zone field> <datetime field> ::= <non-second datetime field> | SECOND <time zone field> ::= TIMEZONE_HOUR | TIMEZONE_MINUTE <extract source> ::= <datetime value expression> | <interval value expression> <datetime value expression> ::= <datetime term> | <interval value expression> <plus sign> <datetime term> | <datetime value expression> <plus sign> <interval term> | <datetime value expression> <minus sign> <interval term> <interval term> ::= <interval factor> | <interval term 2> <asterisk> <factor> | <interval term 2> <solidus> <factor> | <term> <asterisk> <interval factor> <interval factor> ::= [ <sign> ] <interval primary> <interval primary> ::= <value expression primary> [ <interval qualifier> ] <interval term 2> ::= <interval term> <interval value expression> ::= <interval term> | <interval value expression 1> <plus sign> <interval term 1> | <interval value expression 1> <minus sign> <interval term 1> | <left paren> <datetime value expression> <minus sign> <datetime term> <right paren> <interval qualifier> <interval value expression 1> ::= <interval value expression> <interval term 1> ::= <interval term> <datetime term> ::= <datetime factor> <datetime factor> ::= <datetime primary> [ <time zone> ] <datetime primary> ::= <value expression primary> | <datetime value function> <datetime value function> ::= <current date value function> | <current time value function> | <current timestamp value function> <current date value function> ::= CURRENT_DATE <current time value function> ::= CURRENT_TIME [ <left paren> <time precision> <right paren> ] <current timestamp value function> ::= CURRENT_TIMESTAMP [ <left paren> <timestamp precision> <right paren> ] <time zone> ::= AT <time zone specifier> <time zone specifier> ::= LOCAL | TIME ZONE <interval primary> <length expression> ::= <char length expression> | <octet length expression> | <bit length expression> <char length expression> ::= ( CHAR_LENGTH | CHARACTER_LENGTH ) <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <string value expression> ::= <character value expression> | <bit value expression> <octet length expression> ::= OCTET_LENGTH <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <bit length expression> ::= BIT_LENGTH <left paren> <string value expression> <right paren> <enumerated value expression> ::= <domain name> <left paren> <value expression> <right paren> | <enumerated primary> <enumerated primary> ::= <value expression primary> <attributes function> ::= ATTRIBUTES <left paren> <abstract data type value expression> <right paren> <abstract data type value expression> ::= <ADT expression> <ADT expression> ::= <ADT term> | <ADT expression> <term operator> <ADT term> <term operator> ::= <ADT operator> <ADT operator> ::= <user-defined operator symbol) <ADT term> ::= <ADT factor> | <ADT term> <factor operator> <ADT factor> <factor operator> ::= <ADT operator> <ADT factor> ::= <ADT primary> | <prefix operator> <ADT primary> | <ADT primary> <postfix operator> <ADT primary> ::= <value expression primary> <prefix operator> ::= <ADT operator> <postfix operator> ::= <ADT operator> <table value expression> ::= <table type> <left paren> [ <value expression> [ ( <comma> <value expression> )... ] ] <right paren> <table type> ::= TABLE | SET | LIST <collection value expression> ::= <set value designator> | <multiset value designator> | <list value designator> <set value designator> ::= SET <left paren> [ <collection list> ] <right paren> <collection list> ::= <collection element> [ ( <comma> <collection element> )... ] <collection element> ::= <value expression> <multiset value designator> ::= MULTISET <left paren> [ <collection list> ] <right paren> <list value designator> ::= LIST <left paren> [ <collection list> ] <right paren> <as clause> ::= [ AS ] <column name> <table expression> ::= <from clause> [ <where clause> ] [ <group by clause> ] [ <having clause> ] <from clause> ::= FROM <table reference> [ ( <comma> <table reference> )... ] <group by clause> ::= GROUP BY <grouping column reference list> <grouping column reference list> ::= <grouping column reference> [ ( <comma> <grouping column reference> )... ] <grouping column reference> ::= <column reference> [ <collate clause> ] <having clause> ::= HAVING <search condition> <table value designator> ::= VALUES <table value designator list> <table value designator list> ::= <row value designator> [ ( <comma> <row value designator> )... ] <explicit table> ::= <table type> <table name> <collection expression> ::= <value expression> <query term> ::= <non-join query term> | <joined table> <corresponding spec> ::= CORRESPONDING [ BY <left paren> <corresponding column list> <right paren> ] <corresponding column list> ::= <column name list> <query primary> ::= <non-join query primary> | <joined table> <recursive union> ::= <left paren> <initial expression> RECURSIVE UNION <correlation name list> [ <left paren> <recursive column list> <right paren> ] <iteration expression> [ <search clause> ] [ <cycle clause> ] [ <limit clause> ] <right paren> <initial expression> ::= <query expression> <correlation name list> ::= <correlation name> [ ( <comma> <correlation name> )... ] <recursive column list> ::= <column name list> <iteration expression> ::= <query expression> <search clause> ::= SEARCH <search order> SET <sequence column> <search order> ::= PREORDER | ( DEPTH | BREADTH ) FIRST BY <sort specification list> <sort specification list> ::= <sort specification> [ ( <comma> <sort specification> )... ] <sort specification> ::= <sort key> [ <collate clause> ] [ <ordering specification> ] <sort key> ::= <value expression> <ordering specification> ::= ASC | DESC <sequence column> ::= <column name> <cycle clause> ::= CYCLE [ <cycle column list> ] SET <cycle mark column> [ TO <cycle mark value> ] <cycle column list> ::= <cycle column> [ ( <comma> <cycle column> )... ] <cycle column> ::= <column name> <cycle mark column> ::= <column name> <cycle mark value> ::= <value expression> <limit clause> ::= [ RETURN | EXCEPTION ] LIMIT <left paren> <value specification> <right paren> <trigger definition> ::= [ CREATE ] TRIGGER [ <trigger name> ] <trigger action time> <trigger event> [ ON <table name> ] [ ORDER <order value> ] [ REFERENCING <old or new values alias list> ] <triggered action> <trigger name> ::= <schema qualified name> <trigger action time> ::= BEFORE | AFTER | INSTEAD OF <trigger event> ::= INSERT | DELETE | UPDATE [ OF <trigger column list> ] <trigger column list> ::= <column name list> <order value> ::= <unsigned integer> <old or new values alias list> ::= <old or new values alias>... <old or new values alias> ::= OLD [ AS ] <old values correlation name> | NEW [ AS ] <new values correlation name> | OLD_TABLE [ AS ] <old values table alias> | NEW_TABLE [ AS ] <new values table alias> <old values correlation name> ::= <correlation name> <new values correlation name> ::= <correlation name> <old values table alias> ::= <identifier> <new values table alias> ::= <identifier> <triggered action> ::= [ FOR EACH ( ROW | STATEMENT ) ] [ WHEN <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> ] <triggered SQL statement> <triggered SQL statement> ::= <SQL procedure statement> <semicolon> <SQL procedure statement> ::= [ ASYNC <left paren> <async statement identifier> <right paren> ] <SQL executable statement> <async statement identifier> ::= <numeric value expression> <SQL executable statement> ::= <SQL schema statement> | <SQL data statement> | <SQL transaction statement> | <SQL connection statement> | <SQL session statement> | <SQL diagnostics statement> <SQL schema statement> ::= <SQL schema definition statement> | <SQL schema manipulation statement> <SQL schema definition statement> ::= <schema definition> | <table definition> | <view definition> | <grant statement> | <role definition> | <grant role statement> | <domain definition> | <null class definition> | <character set definition> | <collation definition> | <translation definition> | <assertion definition> | <trigger definition> | <routine> | <abstract data type definition> | <type template definition> <schema definition> ::= CREATE SCHEMA <schema name clause> [ <schema character set specification> ] [ <schema path specification> ] [ <schema element>... ] <schema name clause> ::= <schema name> | AUTHORIZATION <schema authorization identifier> | <schema name> AUTHORIZATION <schema authorization identifier> <schema authorization identifier> ::= <authorization identifier> <schema character set specification> ::= DEFAULT CHARACTER SET <character set specification> <schema path specification> ::= PATH <schema name list> <schema element> ::= <table definition> | <view definition> | <domain definition> | <null class definition> | <character set definition> | <collation definition> | <translation definition> | <assertion definition> | <trigger definition> | <routine> | <abstract data type definition> | <type template definition> | <grant statement> | <role definition> | <grant role statement> <table definition> ::= CREATE [ <table scope> ] <table type> <table name> [ <constant or updatable> ] ( <table element list> | <subtable clause> ) [ ON COMMIT <table commit action> ROWS ] <table scope> ::= <global or local> TEMPORARY <global or local> ::= GLOBAL | LOCAL <constant or updatable> ::= CONSTANT | UPDATABLE <table element list> ::= <left paren> <table element> [ ( <comma> <table element> )... ] <right paren> <table element> ::= <column definition> | <table constraint definition> | <like clause> <column definition> ::= <column name> ( <data type> | <domain name> ) [ <default clause> ] [ <column constraint definition>... ] [ <collate clause> ] [ <null clause> ] <default clause> ::= ( DEFAULT | <assignment operator> ) <default option> <default option> ::= <literal> | <datetime value function> | USER | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | SYSTEM_USER | NULL [ <left paren> <null state> <right paren> ] | <function invocation> <column constraint definition> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <column constraint> [ <constraint attributes> ] <constraint name definition> ::= CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <column constraint> ::= NOT NULL | <unique specification> | <references specification> | <check constraint definition> <unique specification> ::= UNIQUE | PRIMARY KEY <references specification> ::= REFERENCES [ PENDANT ] <referenced table and columns> [ MATCH <match type> ] [ <referential triggered action> ] <referenced table and columns> ::= <table name> [ <left paren> [ <reference column list> ] <right paren> ] <reference column list> ::= <column name list> <match type> ::= FULL | PARTIAL <referential triggered action> ::= <update rule> [ <delete rule> ] | <delete rule> [ <update rule> ] <update rule> ::= ON UPDATE <referential action> <referential action> ::= CASCADE | SET NULL [ <left paren> <null state> <right paren> ] | SET DEFAULT | RESTRICT | NO ACTION <delete rule> ::= ON DELETE <referential action> <check constraint definition> ::= CHECK <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> <constraint attributes> ::= <constraint check time> [ [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE ] | [ NOT ] DEFERRABLE [ <constraint check time> ] <constraint check time> ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED | INITIALLY IMMEDIATE <null clause> ::= NULL IS <null class name> <null class name> ::= <schema qualified name> <null clause> ::= NULL IS <null class name> <table constraint definition> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <table constraint> [ <constraint attributes> ] <table constraint> ::= <unique constraint definition> | <referential constraint definition> | <check constraint definition> <unique constraint definition> ::= even in SQL3) <unique specification> [ <left paren> <unique column list> <right paren> ] | UNIQUE ( VALUE ) <unique column list> ::= <column name list> <referential constraint definition> ::= FOREIGN KEY [ <left paren> <referencing columns> <right paren> ] <references specification> <referencing columns> ::= <reference column list> <like clause> ::= LIKE <table name> <subtable clause> ::= UNDER <supertable clause> [ ( , <supertable clause> )... ] <supertable clause> ::= <supertable name> [ WITH ( <member renaming element> [ ( , <member renaming element> )... ] ) ] <supertable name> ::= <table name> <member renaming element> ::= <supertable member name> AS <subtable member name> <supertable member name> ::= <column name> | <routine name> <subtable member name> ::= <column name> | <routine name> <table commit action> ::= PRESERVE | DELETE <view definition> ::= CREATE VIEW <table name> [ <left paren> <view column list> <right paren> ] AS <query expression> [ WITH [ <levels clause> ] CHECK OPTION ] <view column list> ::= <column name list> <levels clause> ::= CASCADED | LOCAL <domain definition> ::= CREATE DOMAIN <domain name> [ AS ] <data type> [ <default clause> ] [ <domain constraint>... ] [ <collate clause> ] [ <null clause> ] <domain constraint> ::= [ <constraint name definition> ] <check constraint definition> [ <constraint attributes> ] <null class definition> ::= CREATE NULL CLASS <null class name> [ AS ] ( <null state list> ) <null state list> ::= <null state> [ ( <comma> <null state> )... ] <character set definition> ::= CREATE CHARACTER SET <character set name> [ AS ] <character set source> <form-of-use specification> [ <collate clause> | <limited collation definition> ] <character set source> ::= GET <existing character set name> [ <plus sign> <character set source> ] | <left paren> <character list> <right paren> <character list> ::= <character specification> [ ( <comma> <character specification> )... ] <character specification> ::= <character string literal> | <ISO 10646 position> | <ISO 10646 character name> <ISO 10646 position> ::= <val> [ <sep> <val> [ <sep> <val> [ <sep> <val> ] ] ] <val> ::= <unsigned numeric literal> <sep> ::= <ampersand> <ISO 10646 character name> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <form-of-use specification> ::= <identifier> <limited collation definition> ::= COLLATION FROM <collation source> <collation source> ::= <collating sequence definition> | <translation collation> | <collation dictionary specification> | <collation routine specification> <collating sequence definition> ::= <external collation> | <schema collation name> | <internal collation source> | DESC <left paren> <collation name> <right paren> | DEFAULT <external collation> ::= EXTERNAL <left paren> <quote> <external collation name> <quote> <right paren> <external collation name> ::= <standard collation name> | <implementation-defined collation name> <standard collation name> ::= <collation name> <implementation-defined collation name> ::= <collation name> <schema collation name> ::= <collation name> <internal collation source> ::= <left paren> <collation options> <right paren> <collation options> ::= <collation option> [ ( <comma> <collation option> )... ] <collation option> ::= USING <left paren> <collating basis> <right paren> | SEQUENCE <left paren> <enumerated collating sequence> <right paren> | MODIFY <left paren> <collating modifiers> <right paren> | WHEN NOT FOUND ( IGNORE | MAX | MIN ) <collating basis> ::= <collating foundation> [ ( <plus sign> <collating foundation> )... ] <collating foundation> ::= <collating sequence definition> <collating sequence definition> [ ( <asterisk> <translation name> )... ] <enumerated collating sequence> ::= <collating chars> [ ( <comma> <collating chars> )... ] <collating chars> ::= <character specification> | <character range> <character range> ::= <character specification> <minus sign> <character specification> <collating modifiers> ::= <collating modifier> [ ( <comma> <collating modifier> )... ] <collating modifier> ::= <collating chars> ( <less than operator> | <greater than operator> | <equals operator> ) <collating chars> <translation collation> ::= TRANSLATION <translation name> [ THEN COLLATION <collation name> ] <collation dictionary specification> ::= DICTIONARY <dictionary name> [ <plus sign> <dictionary name> ] <dictionary name> ::= <quote> <implementation-defined dictionary name> <quote> <implementation-defined dictionary name> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <collation routine specification> ::= ROUTINE <left paren> <implementation-defined routine name> <left paren> <params> <right paren> <right paren> <implementation-defined routine name> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <params> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(Not yet defined) <params> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(Not yet defined) <existing character set name> ::= <standard character repertoire name> | <implementation-defined character repertoire name> | <schema character set name> <schema character set name> ::= <character set name> <collation definition> ::= CREATE COLLATION <collation name> FOR <character set specification> FROM <collation source> [ <pad attribute> ] <pad attribute> ::= NO PAD | PAD SPACE <translation definition> ::= CREATE TRANSLATION <translation name> FOR <source character set specification> TO <target character set specification> FROM <translation source> <source character set specification> ::= <character set specification> <target character set specification> ::= <character set specification> <translation source> ::= <translation specification> | <translation routine> <translation specification> ::= <external translation> | IDENTITY | <schema translation name> | <internal translation source> <external translation> ::= EXTERNAL <left paren> <quote> <external translation name> <quote> <right paren> <external translation name> ::= <standard translation name> | <implementation-defined translation name> <standard translation name> ::= <translation name> <implementation-defined translation name> ::= <translation name> <schema translation name> ::= <translation name> <internal translation source> ::= <left paren> <translation options> <right paren> <translation options> ::= <translation option> [ ( <comma> <translation option> )... ] <translation option> ::= USING <left paren> <translation basis> <right paren> | MODIFY <left paren> <translation modifiers> <right paren> <translation basis> ::= <translation definition> [ ( <asterisk> <translation definition> )... ] <translation modifiers> ::= <translation modifier> [ ( <comma> <translation modifier> )... ] <translation modifier> ::= <collating chars> <equals operator> <collating chars> <translation routine> ::= ROUTINE <left paren> <implementation-defined routine name> <left paren> <params> <right paren> <right paren> <assertion definition> ::= CREATE ASSERTION <constraint name> <assertion trigger>... <triggered assertion> [ <constraint attributes> ] <assertion trigger> ::= <immediate assertion trigger> | <deferred assertion trigger> <immediate assertion trigger> ::= AFTER ( <assertion trigger statement> [ ( <comma> <assertion trigger statement> )... ] ON <table name> )... <assertion trigger statement> ::= INSERT | DELETE | UPDATE [ OF <left paren> <assertion column list> <right paren> ] <assertion column list> ::= <column name list> <deferred assertion trigger> ::= BEFORE COMMIT <triggered assertion> ::= CHECK <left paren> <search condition> <right paren> [ FOR [ EACH [ ROW OF ] ] <table name> ] <routine> ::= [ CREATE | DECLARE ] <routine header> <routine name> <parameter list> [ <returns clause> ] [ <caller language clause> ] [ SPECIFIC <specific name> ] <semicolon> <routine body> <semicolon> <routine header> ::= PROCEDURE | [ <function type> ] FUNCTION <function type> ::= CONSTRUCTOR | DESTRUCTOR | DESIGNATOR | ACTOR <parameter list> ::= <left paren> [ <parameter declaration> [ ( <comma> <parameter declaration> )... ] ] <right paren> <parameter declaration> ::= [ <parameter mode> ] [ <parameter name> ] <data type> [ <default clause> ] | <status parameter> <parameter mode> ::= IN | OUT | INOUT <status parameter> ::= SQLSTATE | SQLCODE <returns clause> ::= RETURNS <returns data type> [ <result cast> ] <returns data type> ::= <data type> <result cast> ::= CAST FROM <data type> <caller language clause> ::= <language clause> <specific name> ::= <schema qualified name> <routine body> ::= <SQL routine body> | <external body reference> <SQL routine body> ::= <SQL procedure statement> <external body reference> ::= EXTERNAL [ NAME <external routine name> ] <external routine language clause> [ <variant attribute> ] <external routine name> ::= <identifier> <external routine language clause> ::= <language clause> <variant attribute> ::= VARIANT | NOT VARIANT <abstract data type definition> ::= <distinct type definition> | <explicit abstract data type definition> <distinct type definition> ::= CREATE DISTINCT TYPE <distinct type name> AS <data type> <distinct type name> ::= <abstract data type name> <explicit abstract data type definition> ::= CREATE TYPE <abstract data type name> <abstract data type body> <abstract data type body> ::= [ <oid options> ] [ <subtype clause> ] [ [ <constant or updatable> ] [ <member list> ] ] <oid options> ::= WITH OID [ [ NOT ] VISIBLE ] | WITHOUT OID <subtype clause> ::= UNDER <supertype clause> [ ( <comma> <supertype clause> )... ] <supertype clause> ::= <abstract data type name> [ <component renaming clause> ] <component renaming clause> ::= WITH <left paren> <component renaming element> [ ( , <component renaming element> )... ] <right paren> <component renaming element> ::= <supertype component name> AS <subtype component name> <supertype component name> ::= <component name> <component name> ::= <identifier> <subtype component name> ::= <component name> <member list> ::= <left paren> <member> [ ( <comma> <member> )... ] <right paren> <member> ::= <attribute definition> | <routine declaration> | <operator name list> | <equals clause> | <less-than clause> | <cast clause> | <table constraint definition> <attribute definition> ::= <stored attribute> | <virtual attribute> <stored attribute> ::= [ <encapsulation level> ] <attribute name> [ <constant or updatable> ] ( <data type> | <domain name> ) [ <default clause> ] [ <column constraint definition>... ] [ <collate clause> ] [ <null clause> ] <encapsulation level> ::= PRIVATE | PROTECTED | PUBLIC <virtual attribute> ::= [ <encapsulation level> ] <attribute name> <derivation clause> [ <check constraint definition>... ] [ <collate clause> ] <derivation clause> ::= [ READ ONLY | CONSTANT | UPDATABLE ] <data type> VIRTUAL [ <derivation functions> ] <derivation functions> ::= <get function> [ <set function> ] | <set function> [ <get function> ] <get function> ::= GET WITH <routine name> <set function> ::= SET WITH <routine name> <routine declaration> ::= [ <encapsulation level> ] <routine> <operator name list> ::= OPERATORS <specific routine designator>... <specific routine designator> ::= SPECIFIC <specific name> | <member name> <member name> ::= <routine name> [ <data type list> ] <data type list> ::= <left paren> <data type> [ ( <comma> <data type> )... ] <right paren> <equals clause> ::= EQUALS <equals function specification> <semicolon> <equals function specification> ::= <routine name> | STATE | OID <less-than clause> ::= LESS THAN <less-than function specification> <semicolon> <less-than function specification> ::= <routine name> | NONE <cast clause> ::= CAST <left paren> <operand data type> AS <result data type> WITH <cast function> <right paren> <semicolon> <operand data type> ::= <data type> <result data type> ::= <data type> <cast function> ::= <routine name> <type template definition> ::= CREATE TYPE TEMPLATE <type template name> <template parameter declaration list> <abstract data type body> <template parameter declaration list> ::= <left paren> <template parameter declaration> [ ( <comma> <template parameter declaration>)... ] <right paren> <template parameter declaration> ::= <template parameter name> <template parameter type> <template parameter type> ::= <data type> | TYPE <grant statement> ::= GRANT <privileges> TO <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] <privileges> ::= ALL SCHEMA PRIVILEGES | <object privileges> ON <object name> <object privileges> ::= ALL PRIVILEGES | <action> [ ( <comma> <action> )... ] <action> ::= SELECT [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | DELETE | INSERT [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | UPDATE [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | REFERENCES [ <left paren> <privilege column list> <right paren> ] | USAGE | TRIGGER | EXECUTE | UNDER <privilege column list> ::= <column name list> <object name> ::= [ <table type> ] <table name> | DOMAIN <domain name> | COLLATION <collation name> | CHARACTER SET <character set name> | TRANSLATION <translation name> | NULL CLASS <null class name> | DATA TYPE <abstract data type name> | MODULE <module name> | TYPE TEMPLATE <type template name> | EXTERNAL ROUTINE <specific routine designator> <grantee> ::= PUBLIC | <authorization identifier> | <role name> <role name> ::= <authorization identifier> <role definition> ::= CREATE ROLE <role name> <grant role statement> ::= GRANT <role granted> [ ( <comma> <role granted> )... ] TO <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] [ WITH ADMIN OPTION ] <role granted> ::= <role name> <SQL schema manipulation statement> ::= <drop schema statement> | <alter table statement> | <drop table statement> | <drop view statement> | <revoke statement> | <revoke role statement> | <drop role statement> | <alter domain statement> | <drop domain statement> | <drop null class statement> | <drop character set statement> | <drop collation statement> | <drop translation statement> | <drop assertion statement> | <drop trigger statement> | <drop routine statement> | <drop data type statement> | <drop type template statement> <drop schema statement> ::= DROP SCHEMA <schema name> <drop behavior> <drop behavior> ::= CASCADE | RESTRICT <alter table statement> ::= ALTER <table type> <table name> <alter table action> <alter table action> ::= <add column definition> | <alter column definition> | <drop column definition> | <add supertable clause> | <drop supertable clause> | <add table constraint definition> | <drop table constraint definition> <add column definition> ::= ADD [ COLUMN ] <column definition> <alter column definition> ::= ALTER [ COLUMN ] <column name> <alter column action> <alter column action> ::= <set column default clause> | <drop column default clause> | <drop column domain clause> <set column default clause> ::= SET <default clause> <drop column default clause> ::= DROP DEFAULT <drop column domain clause> ::= DROP DOMAIN [ <constraint disposition> [ <constraint name list> ] ] <constraint disposition> ::= KEEP COLUMN CONSTRAINT | DROP COLUMN CONSTRAINT <constraint name list> ::= ALL | <constraint name> [ ( <comma> <constraint name> )... ] <drop column definition> ::= DROP [ COLUMN ] <column name> <drop behavior> <add supertable clause> ::= ADD <supertable clause> <drop supertable clause> ::= DROP <supertable clause> <drop behavior> <add table constraint definition> ::= ADD <table constraint definition> <drop table constraint definition> ::= DROP CONSTRAINT <constraint name> <drop behavior> <drop table statement> ::= DROP <table type> <table name> <drop behavior> <drop view statement> ::= DROP VIEW <table name> <drop behavior> <revoke statement> ::= REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] <privileges> FROM <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] <drop behavior> <revoke role statement> ::= REVOKE <role revoked> [ ( <comma> <role revoked> )... ] FROM <grantee> [ ( <comma> <grantee> )... ] <role revoked> ::= <role name> <drop role statement> ::= DROP ROLE <role name> <alter domain statement> ::= ALTER DOMAIN <domain name> <alter domain action> <alter domain action> ::= <set domain default clause> | <drop domain default clause> | <add domain constraint definition> | <drop domain constraint definition> <set domain default clause> ::= SET <default clause> <drop domain default clause> ::= DROP DEFAULT <add domain constraint definition> ::= ADD <domain constraint> <drop domain constraint definition> ::= DROP CONSTRAINT <constraint name> [ <constraint disposition> ] <drop domain statement> ::= DROP DOMAIN <domain name> <drop behavior> [ <constraint disposition> [ <constraint name list> ] ] <drop null class statement> ::= DROP NULL CLASS <null class name> <drop character set statement> ::= DROP CHARACTER SET <character set name> <drop collation statement> ::= DROP COLLATION <collation name> <drop behavior> <drop translation statement> ::= DROP TRANSLATION <translation name> <drop assertion statement> ::= DROP ASSERTION <constraint name> <drop trigger statement> ::= DROP TRIGGER <trigger name> <drop routine statement> ::= DROP ( PROCEDURE | FUNCTION ) <specific routine designator> <drop behavior> <drop data type statement> ::= DROP DATA TYPE <abstract data type name> <drop behavior> <drop type template statement> ::= DROP TYPE TEMPLATE <type template name> <drop behavior> <SQL data statement> ::= <open statement> | <fetch statement> | <close statement> | <select statement: single row> | <new statement> | <destroy statement> | <SQL data change statement> <open statement> ::= OPEN <cursor name> [ <open cascade option> ] <open cascade option> ::= CASCADE ON | CASCADE OFF <fetch statement> ::= FETCH [ [ <fetch orientation> ] FROM ] <cursor name> INTO <fetch target list> <fetch orientation> ::= NEXT | PRIOR | FIRST | LAST | ( ABSOLUTE | RELATIVE ) <simple value specification> <simple value specification> ::= <item reference> | <literal> <fetch target list> ::= <target specification> [ ( <comma> <target specification> )... ] <target specification> ::= <item reference> | <template parameter name> <close statement> ::= CLOSE <cursor name> <select statement: single row> ::= SELECT [ <set quantifier> ] <select list> INTO <select target list> <table expression> <select target list> ::= <target specification> [ ( <comma> <target specification> )... ] <new statement> ::= NEW <item reference> <destroy statement> ::= DESTROY <object parameter name> <object parameter name> ::= <parameter name> <SQL data change statement> ::= <delete statement: positioned> | <delete statement: searched> | <insert statement> | <update statement: positioned> | <update statement: searched> <delete statement: positioned> ::= DELETE [ FROM <table name> ] WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <delete statement: searched> ::= DELETE FROM <table reference> [ WHERE <search condition> ] <insert statement> ::= INSERT INTO ( <table reference> | CURSOR <cursor name> ) <insert columns and source> [ <insert point> ] <insert columns and source> ::= [ <left paren> <insert column list> <right paren> ] <query expression> | DEFAULT VALUES <insert column list> ::= <column name list> <insert point> ::= <relative insert point> ELEMENT <where clause> <relative insert point> ::= BEFORE | AFTER <update statement: positioned> ::= UPDATE [ <table reference> ] SET [ <update type> ] <set clause list> WHERE CURRENT OF <cursor name> <update type> ::= ALL | SOME | NONE <set clause list> ::= <set clause> [ ( <comma> <set clause> )... ] <set clause> ::= <update target> <equals operator> <row value designator> <update target> ::= <object column> | <left paren> <object column list> <right paren> <object column> ::= <column name> <object column list> ::= <object column> [ ( <comma> <object column> )... ] <update statement: searched> ::= UPDATE <table reference> <update mechanism> [ WHERE <search condition> ] <update mechanism> ::= <update by setting> | <update by moving> <update by setting> ::= SET [ <update type> ] <set clause list> <update by moving> ::= MOVE <insert point> <SQL transaction statement> ::= <start transaction statement> | <set transaction statement> | <set constraints mode statement> | <test completion statement> | <savepoint statement> | <release savepoint statement> | <commit statement> | <rollback statement> <start transaction statement> ::= START TRANSACTION <transaction mode> [ ( <comma> <transaction mode> )...] <transaction mode> ::= <isolation level> | <transaction access mode> | <diagnostics size> <isolation level> ::= ISOLATION LEVEL <level of isolation> <level of isolation> ::= READ UNCOMMITTED | READ COMMITTED | REPEATABLE READ | SERIALIZABLE <transaction access mode> ::= READ ONLY | READ WRITE <diagnostics size> ::= DIAGNOSTICS SIZE <number of conditions> <number of conditions> ::= <simple value specification> <set transaction statement> ::= SET [ LOCAL ] TRANSACTION <transaction mode> [ ( <comma> <transaction mode> )... ] <set constraints mode statement> ::= SET CONSTRAINTS <constraint name list> ( DEFERRED | IMMEDIATE ) <test completion statement> ::= ( TEST | WAIT ) ( ALL | ANY | <async statement identifier list> ) COMPLETION <async statement identifier list> ::= <left paren> <async statement identifier> [ ( <comma> <async statement identifier> )... ] <right paren> <savepoint statement> ::= SAVEPOINT <savepoint specifier> <savepoint specifier> ::= <savepoint name> | <simple target specification> <savepoint name> ::= <identifier> <simple target specification> ::= <item reference> <release savepoint statement> ::= RELEASE SAVEPOINT <savepoint specifier> <commit statement> ::= COMMIT [ WORK ] [ AND [ NO ] CHAIN ] <rollback statement> ::= ROLLBACK [ WORK ] [ AND[ NO ] CHAIN ] [ <savepoint clause> ] <savepoint clause> ::= TO SAVEPOINT <savepoint specifier> <SQL connection statement> ::= <connect statement> | <set connection statement> | <disconnect statement> <connect statement> ::= CONNECT TO <connection target> <connection target> ::= <SQL-server name> [ AS <connection name> ] correspondence with Tony Gordon) [ USER <user name> ] | DEFAULT <SQL-server name> ::= <simple value specification> <connection name> ::= <simple value specification> <user name> ::= <simple value specification> <set connection statement> ::= SET CONNECTION <connection object> <connection object> ::= DEFAULT | <connection name> <disconnect statement> ::= DISCONNECT <disconnect object> <disconnect object> ::= <connection object> | ALL | CURRENT <SQL session statement> ::= <set session authorization identifier statement> | <set role statement> | <set local time zone statement> <set session authorization identifier statement> ::= SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION <value specification> <set role statement> ::= SET ROLE ( <role name> | NONE ) <set local time zone statement> ::= SET TIME ZONE <set time zone value> <set time zone value> ::= <interval value expression> | LOCAL <SQL diagnostics statement> ::= <get diagnostics statement> <get diagnostics statement> ::= GET DIAGNOSTICS <sql diagnostics information> <sql diagnostics information> ::= <statement information> | <condition information> <statement information> ::= <statement information item> [ ( <comma> <statement information item> )... ] <statement information item> ::= <simple target specification> <equals operator> <statement information item name> <statement information item name> ::= NUMBER | MORE | COMMAND_FUNCTION | ROW_COUNT | TRANSACTIONS_COMMITTED | TRANSACTIONS_ROLLED_BACK | TRANSACTION_ACTIVE <condition information> ::= EXCEPTION <condition number> <condition information item> [ ( <comma> <condition information item> )... ] <condition number> ::= <simple value specification> <condition information item> ::= <simple target specification> <equals operator> <condition information item name> <condition information item name> ::= CONDITION_NUMBER | RETURNED_SQLSTATE | CLASS_ORIGIN | SUBCLASS_ORIGIN | SERVER_NAME | CONNECTION_NAME | CONSTRAINT_CATALOG | CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA | CONSTRAINT_NAME | TRIGGER_CATALOG | TRIGGER_SCHEMA | TRIGGER_NAME | CATALOG_NAME | SCHEMA_NAME | TABLE_NAME | COLUMN_NAME | CURSOR_NAME | ROUTINE_CATALOG | ROUTINE_SCHEMA | ROUTINE_NAME | SPECIFIC_NAME | MESSAGE_TEXT | MESSAGE_LENGTH | MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH <order by clause> ::= ORDER BY <sort specification list> <updatability clause> ::= FOR ( READ ONLY | UPDATE [ OF <column name list> ] ) <temporary abstract data type declaration> ::= DECLARE TEMPORARY TYPE <abstract data type name> <abstract data type body> <temporary table declaration> ::= DECLARE LOCAL TEMPORARY <table type> <table name> <table element list> [ ON COMMIT <table commit action> ROWS ] <temporary view declaration> ::= DECLARE TEMPORARY VIEW <table name> [ <left paren> <view column list> <right paren> ] AS <query expression> <scalar subquery> ::= <subquery> <regular expression> ::= <regular term> | <regular expression> <vertical bar> <regular term> <regular term> ::= <regular factor> | <regular term> <regular factor> <regular factor> ::= <regular primary> | <regular primary> <asterisk> | <regular primary> <plus sign> <regular primary> ::= <character specifier> | <percent> | <regular character set> | <left paren> <regular expression> <right paren> <character specifier> ::= <non-escaped character> | <escaped character> <non-escaped character> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <escaped character> ::= !! <EMPHASIS>(See the Syntax Rules) <regular character set> ::= <underscore> | <left bracket> <character enumeration>... <right bracket> | <left bracket> <circumflex> <character enumeration>... <right bracket> | <left bracket> <colon> <regular character set identifier> <colon> <right bracket> <character enumeration> ::= <character specifier> | <character specifier> <minus sign> <character specifier> <regular character set identifier> ::= <identifier> <SQL object identifier> ::= <SQL provenance> <SQL variant> <SQL provenance> ::= <arc1> <arc2> <arc3> <arc1> ::= iso | 1 | iso <left paren> 1 <right paren> <arc2> ::= standard | 0 | standard <left paren> 0 <right paren> <arc3> ::= 9075 <SQL variant> ::= <SQL edition> <SQL conformance> <SQL edition> ::= <1987> | <1989> | <1992> <1987> ::= 0 | edition1987 <left paren> 0 <right paren> <1989> ::= <1989 base> <1989 package> <1989 base> ::= 1 | edition1989 <left paren> 1 <right paren> <1989 package> ::= <integrity no> | <integrity yes> <integrity no> ::= 0 | IntegrityNo <left paren> 0 <right paren> <integrity yes> ::= 1 | IntegrityYes <left paren> 1 <right paren> <1992> ::= 2 | edition1992 <left paren> 2 <right paren> <SQL conformance> ::= <low> | <intermediate> | <high> <low> ::= 0 | Low <left paren> 0 <right paren> <intermediate> ::= 1 | Intermediate <left paren> 1 <right paren> <high> ::= 2 | High <left paren> 2 <right paren> 44. Appendix C - SQL Tutorial for beginners SQL tutorial is also distributed with PostgreSQL. The SQL tutorial scripts is in the directory src/tutorial The SQL tutorial for beginners can be found at <http://w3.one.net/~jhoffman/sqltut.htm> Comments or suggestions? Mail to jhoffman@one.net Or you may wish to look at <http://w3.one.net/~jhoffman/index.html> The following are the sites suggested by John Hoffman: <http://www.contrib.andrew.cmu.edu/~shadow/sql.html>SQL Reference <http://www.inquiry.com/techtips/thesqlpro/>Ask the SQL Pro <http://www.inquiry.com/techtips/thesqlpro/usefulsites.html>SQL Pro's Relational DB Useful Sites <http://infoweb.magi.com/~steve/develop.html>Programmer's Source DBMS Sites <http://info.itu.ch/special/wwwfiles> Go here and see file comp_db.html <http://www.compapp.dcu.ie/databases/f017.html>DB Ingredients <http://www.stars.com/Tutorial/CGI/>Web Authoring <http://wfn-shop.princeton.edu/cgi-bin/foldoc>Computing Dictionary <http://www-ccs.cs.umass.edu/db.html>DBMS Lab/Links SQL FAQ <http://epoch.CS.Berkeley.EDU:8000/sequoia/dba/montage/FAQ> Go here and see file SQL_TOC.html <http://chaos.mur.csu.edu.au/itc125/cgi/sqldb.html>SQL Databases <http://www.it.rit.edu/~wjs/IT/199602/icsa720/icsa720postings.html>RIT Database Design Page <http://www.pcslink.com/~ej/dbweb.html>Database Jump Site <http://www.eng.uc.edu/~jtilley/tutorial.html>Programming Tutorials on the Web <http://www.ndev.com/ndc2/support/resources.htp>Development Resources <http://ashok.pair.com/sql.htm>Query List <http://jazz.external.hp.com/training/sqltables/main.html>IMAGE SQL Miscellaneous <http://www.eit.com/web/netservices.html>Internet Resource List Below is the extract from the home page of SQL tutorial. Introduction to Structured Query Language Version 3.31 This page is a tutorial of the Structured Query Language (also known as SQL) and is a pioneering effort on the World Wide Web, as this is the first comprehensive SQL tutorial available on the Internet. SQL allows users to access data in relational database management systems, such as Oracle, Sybase, Informix, Microsoft SQL Server, Access, and others, by allowing users to describe the data the user wishes to see. SQL also allows users to define the data in a database, and manipulate that data. This page will describe how to use SQL, and give examples. The SQL used in this document is "ANSI", or standard SQL, and no SQL features of specific database management systems will be discussed until the "Nonstandard SQL" section. It is recommended that you print this page, so that you can easily refer back to previous examples. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Table of Contents Basics of the SELECT Statement Conditional Selection Relational Operators Compound Conditions IN & BETWEEN Using LIKE Joins Keys Performing a Join Eliminating Duplicates Aliases & In/Subqueries Aggregate Functions Views Creating New Tables Altering Tables Adding Data Deleting Data Updating Data Indexes GROUP BY & HAVING More Subqueries EXISTS & ALL UNION & Outer Joins Embedded SQL Common SQL Questions Nonstandard SQL Syntax Summary Important Links ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Basics of the SELECT Statement In a relational database, data is stored in tables. An example table would relate Social Security Number, Name, and Address: EmployeeAddressTable SSN FirstName LastName Address City State 512687458Joe Smith 83 First Street Howard Ohio 758420012Mary Scott 842 Vine Ave. LosantivilleOhio 102254896Sam Jones 33 Elm St. Paris New York 876512563Sarah Ackerman 440 U.S. 110 Upton Michigan Now, let's say you want to see the address of each employee. Use the SELECT statement, like so: SELECT FirstName, LastName, Address, City, State FROM EmployeeAddressTable; The following is the results of your query of the database: First NameLast Name Address City State Joe Smith 83 First Street Howard Ohio Mary Scott 842 Vine Ave. Losantiville Ohio Sam Jones 33 Elm St. Paris New York Sarah Ackerman 440 U.S. 110 Upton Michigan To explain what you just did, you asked for the all of data in the EmployeeAddressTable, and specifically, you asked for the columns called FirstName, LastName, Address, City, and State. Note that column names and table names do not have spaces...they must be typed as one word; and that the statement ends with a semicolon (;). The general form for a SELECT statement, retrieving all of the rows in the table is: SELECT ColumnName, ColumnName, ... FROM TableName; To get all columns of a table without typing all column names, use: SELECT * FROM TableName; Each database management system (DBMS) and database software has different methods for logging in to the database and entering SQL commands; see the local computer "guru" to help you get onto the system, so that you can use SQL. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Conditional Selection To further discuss the SELECT statement, let's look at a new example table (for hypothetical purposes only): EmployeeStatisticsTable EmployeeIDNo Salary Benefits Position 010 75000 15000 Manager 105 65000 15000 Manager 152 60000 15000 Manager 215 60000 12500 Manager 244 50000 12000 Staff 300 45000 10000 Staff 335 40000 10000 Staff 400 32000 7500 Entry-Level 441 28000 7500 Entry-Level ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Relational Operators There are six Relational Operators in SQL, and after introducing them, we'll see how they're used: = Equal <> or != (see manual) Not Equal < Less Than > Greater Than <= Less Than or Equal To >= Greater Than or Equal To The WHERE clause is used to specify that only certain rows of the table are displayed, based on the criteria described in that WHERE clause. It is most easily understood by looking at a couple of examples. If you wanted to see the EMPLOYEEIDNO's of those making at or over 50,000, use the following: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE SALARY >= 50000; Notice that the >= (greater than or equal to) sign is used, as we wanted to see those who made greater than 50,000, or equal to 50,000, listed together. This displays: EMPLOYEEIDNO ------------ 010 105 152 215 244 The WHERE description, SALARY >= 50000, is known as a condition. The same can be done for text columns: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION = 'Manager'; This displays the ID Numbers of all Managers. Generally, with text columns, stick to equal to or not equal to, and make sure that any text that appears in the statement is surrounded by single quotes ('). ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- More Complex Conditions: Compound Conditions The AND operator joins two or more conditions, and displays a row only if that row's data satisfies ALL conditions listed (i.e. all conditions hold true). For example, to display all staff making over 40,000, use: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE SALARY > 40000 AND POSITION = 'Staff'; The OR operator joins two or more conditions, but returns a row if ANY of the conditions listed hold true. To see all those who make less than 40,000 or have less than 10,000 in benefits, listed together, use the following query: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE SALARY < 40000 OR BENEFITS < 10000; AND & OR can be combined, for example: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION = 'Manager' AND SALARY > 60000 OR BENEFITS > 12000; First, SQL finds the rows where the salary is greater than 60,000 and the position column is equal to Manager, then taking this new list of rows, SQL then sees if any of these rows satisfies the previous AND condition or the condition that the Benefits column is greater then 12,000. Subsequently, SQL only displays this second new list of rows, keeping in mind that anyone with Benefits over 12,000 will be included as the OR operator includes a row if either resulting condition is True. Also note that the AND operation is done first. To generalize this process, SQL performs the AND operation(s) to determine the rows where the AND operation(s) hold true (remember: all of the conditions are true), then these results are used to compare with the OR conditions, and only display those remaining rows where the conditions joined by the OR operator hold true. To perform OR's before AND's, like if you wanted to see a list of employees making a large salary (>50,000) or have a large benefit package (>10,000), and that happen to be a manager, use parentheses: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION = 'Manager' AND (SALARY > 50000 OR BENEFIT > 10000); ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- IN & BETWEEN An easier method of using compound conditions uses IN or BETWEEN. For example, if you wanted to list all managers and staff: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION IN ('Manager', 'Staff'); or to list those making greater than or equal to 30,000, but less than or equal to 50,000, use: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE SALARY BETWEEN 30000 AND 50000; To list everyone not in this range, try: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE SALARY NOT BETWEEN 30000 AND 50000; Similarly, NOT IN lists all rows excluded from the IN list. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Using LIKE Look at the EmployeeStatisticsTable, and say you wanted to see all people whose last names started with "L"; try: SELECT EMPLOYEEIDNO FROM EMPLOYEEADDRESSTABLE WHERE LASTNAME LIKE 'L%'; The percent sign (%) is used to represent any possible character (number, letter, or punctuation) or set of characters that might appear after the "L". To find those people with LastName's ending in "L", use '%L', or if you wanted the "L" in the middle of the word, try '%L%'. The '%' can be used for any characters, in that relative position to the given characters. NOT LIKE displays rows not fitting the given description. Other possiblities of using LIKE, or any of these discussed conditionals, are available, though it depends on what DBMS you are using; as usual, consult a manual or your system manager or administrator for the available features on your system, or just to make sure that what you are trying to do is available and allowed. This disclaimer holds for the features of SQL that will be discussed below. This section is just to give you an idea of the possibilities of queries that can be written in SQL. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Joins In this section, we will only discuss inner joins, and equijoins, as in general, they are the most useful. For more information, try the SQL links at the bottom of the page. Good database design suggests that each table lists data only about a single entity, and detailed information can be obtained in a relational database, by using additional tables, and by using a join. First, take a look at these example tables: AntiqueOwners OwnerIDOwnerLastName OwnerFirstName 01 Jones Bill 02 Smith Bob 15 Lawson Patricia 21 Akins Jane 50 Fowler Sam --------------------------------------------------------- Orders OwnerIDItemDesired 02 Table 02 Desk 21 Chair 15 Mirror -------------------------------------- Antiques SellerIDBuyerID Item 01 50 Bed 02 15 Table 15 02 Chair 21 50 Mirror 50 01 Desk 01 21 Cabinet 02 21 Coffee Table 15 50 Chair 01 15 Jewelry Box 02 21 Pottery 21 02 Bookcase 50 01 Plant Stand ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Keys First, let's discuss the concept of keys. A primary key is a column or set of columns that uniquely identifies the rest of the data in any given row. For example, in the AntiqueOwners table, the OwnerID column uniquely identifies that row. This means two things: no two rows can have the same OwnerID, and, even if two owners have the same first and last names, the OwnerID column ensures that the two owners will not be confused with each other, because the unique OwnerID column will be used throughout the database to track the owners, rather than the names. A foreign key is a column in a table where that column is a primary key of another table, which means that any data in a foreign key column must have corresponding data in the other table where that column is the primary key. In DBMS-speak, this correspondence is known as referential integrity. For example, in the Antiques table, both the BuyerID and SellerID are foreign keys to the primary key of the AntiqueOwners table (OwnerID; for purposes of argument, one has to be an Antique Owner before one can buy or sell any items), as, in both tables, the ID rows are used to identify the owners or buyers and sellers, and that the OwnerID is the primary key of the AntiqueOwners table. In other words, all of this "ID" data is used to refer to the owners, buyers, or sellers of antiques, themselves, without having to use the actual names. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Performing a Join The purpose of these keys is so that data can be related across tables, without having to repeat data in every table--this is the power of relational databases. For example, you can find the names of those who bought a chair without having to list the full name of the buyer in the Antiques table...you can get the name by relating those who bought a chair with the names in the AntiqueOwners table through the use of the OwnerID, which relates the data in the two tables. To find the names of those who bought a chair, use the following query: SELECT OWNERLASTNAME, OWNERFIRSTNAME FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS, ANTIQUES WHERE BUYERID = OWNERID AND ITEM = 'Chair'; Note the following about this query...notice that both tables involved in the relation are listed in the FROM clause of the statement. In the WHERE clause, first notice that the ITEM = 'Chair' part restricts the listing to those who have bought (and in this example, thereby owns) a chair. Secondly, notice how the ID columns are related from one table to the next by use of the BUYERID = OWNERID clause. Only where ID's match across tables and the item purchased is a chair (because of the AND), will the names from the AntiqueOwners table be listed. Because the joining condition used an equal sign, this join is called an equijoin. The result of this query is two names: Smith, Bob & Fowler, Sam. Dot notation refers to prefixing the table names to column names, to avoid ambiguity, as such: SELECT ANTIQUEOWNERS.OWNERLASTNAME, ANTIQUEOWNERS.OWNERFIRSTNAME FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS, ANTIQUES WHERE ANTIQUES.BUYERID = ANTIQUEOWNERS.OWNERID AND ANTIQUES.ITEM = 'Chair'; As the column names are different in each table, however, this wasn't necessary. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- DISTINCT and Eliminating Duplicates Let's say that you want to list the ID and names of only those people who have sold an antique. Obviously, you want a list where each seller is only listed once--you don't want to know how many antiques a person sold, just the fact that this person sold one (for counts, see the Aggregate Function section below). This means that you will need to tell SQL to eliminate duplicate sales rows, and just list each person only once. To do this, use the DISTINCT keyword. First, we will need an equijoin to the AntiqueOwners table to get the detail data of the person's LastName and FirstName. However, keep in mind that since the SellerID column in the Antiques table is a foreign key to the AntiqueOwners table, a seller will only be listed if there is a row in the AntiqueOwners table listing the ID and names. We also want to eliminate multiple occurences of the SellerID in our listing, so we use DISTINCT on the column where the repeats may occur. To throw in one more twist, we will also want the list alphabetized by LastName, then by FirstName (on a LastName tie), then by OwnerID (on a LastName and FirstName tie). Thus, we will use the ORDER BY clause: SELECT DISTINCT SELLERID, OWNERLASTNAME, OWNERFIRSTNAME FROM ANTIQUES, ANTIQUEOWNERS WHERE SELLERID = OWNERID ORDER BY OWNERLASTNAME, OWNERFIRSTNAME, OWNERID; In this example, since everyone has sold an item, we will get a listing of all of the owners, in alphabetical order by last name. For future reference (and in case anyone asks), this type of join is considered to be in the category of inner joins. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aliases & In/Subqueries In this section, we will talk about Aliases, In and the use of subqueries, and how these can be used in a 3-table example. First, look at this query which prints the last name of those owners who have placed an order and what the order is, only listing those orders which can be filled (that is, there is a buyer who owns that ordered item): SELECT OWN.OWNERLASTNAME Last Name, ORD.ITEMDESIRED Item Ordered FROM ORDERS ORD, ANTIQUEOWNERS OWN WHERE ORD.OWNERID = OWN.OWNERID AND ORD.ITEMDESIRED IN (SELECT ITEM FROM ANTIQUES); This gives: Last Name Item Ordered --------- ------------ Smith Table Smith Desk Akins Chair Lawson Mirror There are several things to note about this query: 1. First, the "Last Name" and "Item Ordered" in the Select lines gives the headers on the report. 2. The OWN & ORD are aliases; these are new names for the two tables listed in the FROM clause that are used as prefixes for all dot notations of column names in the query (see above). This eliminates ambiguity, especially in the equijoin WHERE clause where both tables have the column named OwnerID, and the dot notation tells SQL that we are talking about two different OwnerID's from the two different tables. 3. Note that the Orders table is listed first in the FROM clause; this makes sure listing is done off of that table, and the AntiqueOwners table is only used for the detail information (Last Name). 4. Most importantly, the AND in the WHERE clause forces the In Subquery to be invoked ("= ANY" or "= SOME" are two equivalent uses of IN). What this does is, the subquery is performed, returning all of the Items owned from the Antiques table, as there is no WHERE clause. Then, for a row from the Orders table to be listed, the ItemDesired must be in that returned list of Items owned from the Antiques table, thus listing an item only if the order can be filled from another owner. You can think of it this way: the subquery returns a set of Items from which each ItemDesired in the Orders table is compared; the In condition is true only if the ItemDesired is in that returned set from the Antiques table. 5. Also notice, that in this case, that there happened to be an antique available for each one desired...obviously, that won't always be the case. In addition, notice that when the IN, "= ANY", or "= SOME" is used, that these keywords refer to any possible row matches, not column matches...that is, you cannot put multiple columns in the subquery Select clause, in an attempt to match the column in the outer Where clause to one of multiple possible column values in the subquery; only one column can be listed in the subquery, and the possible match comes from multiple row values in that one column, not vice-versa. Whew! That's enough on the topic of complex SELECT queries for now. Now on to other SQL statements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Miscellaneous SQL Statements Aggregate Functions I will discuss five important aggregate functions: SUM, AVG, MAX, MIN, and COUNT. They are called aggregate functions because they summarize the results of a query, rather than listing all of the rows. * SUM () gives the total of all the rows, satisfying any conditions, of the given column, where the given column is numeric. * AVG () gives the average of the given column. * MAX () gives the largest figure in the given column. * MIN () gives the smallest figure in the given column. * COUNT(*) gives the number of rows satisfying the conditions. Looking at the tables at the top of the document, let's look at three examples: SELECT SUM(SALARY), AVG(SALARY) FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE; This query shows the total of all salaries in the table, and the average salary of all of the entries in the table. SELECT MIN(BENEFITS) FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION = 'Manager'; This query gives the smallest figure of the Benefits column, of the employees who are Managers, which is 12500. SELECT COUNT(*) FROM EMPLOYEESTATISTICSTABLE WHERE POSITION = 'Staff'; This query tells you how many employees have Staff status (3). ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Views In SQL, you might (check your DBA) have access to create views for yourself. What a view does is to allow you to assign the results of a query to a new, personal table, that you can use in other queries, where this new table is given the view name in your FROM clause. When you access a view, the query that is defined in your view creation statement is performed (generally), and the results of that query look just like another table in the query that you wrote invoking the view. For example, to create a view: CREATE VIEW ANTVIEW AS SELECT ITEMDESIRED FROM ORDERS; Now, write a query using this view as a table, where the table is just a listing of all Items Desired from the Orders table: SELECT SELLERID FROM ANTIQUES, ANTVIEW WHERE ITEMDESIRED = ITEM; This query shows all SellerID's from the Antiques table where the Item in that table happens to appear in the Antview view, which is just all of the Items Desired in the Orders table. The listing is generated by going through the Antique Items one-by-one until there's a match with the Antview view. Views can be used to restrict database access, as well as, in this case, simplify a complex query. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Creating New Tables All tables within a database must be created at some point in time...let's see how we would create the Orders table: CREATE TABLE ORDERS (OWNERID INTEGER NOT NULL, ITEMDESIRED CHAR(40) NOT NULL); This statement gives the table name and tells the DBMS about each column in the table. Please note that this statement uses generic data types, and that the data types might be different, depending on what DBMS you are using. As usual, check local listings. Some common generic data types are: * Char(x) - A column of characters, where x is a number designating the maximum number of characters allowed (maximum length) in the column. * Integer - A column of whole numbers, positive or negative. * Decimal(x, y) - A column of decimal numbers, where x is the maximum length in digits of the decimal numbers in this column, and y is the maximum number of digits allowed after the decimal point. The maximum (4,2) number would be 99.99. * Date - A date column in a DBMS-specific format. * Logical - A column that can hold only two values: TRUE or FALSE. One other note, the NOT NULL means that the column must have a value in each row. If NULL was used, that column may be left empty in a given row. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Altering Tables Let's add a column to the Antiques table to allow the entry of the price of a given Item: ALTER TABLE ANTIQUES ADD (PRICE DECIMAL(8,2) NULL); The data for this new column can be updated or inserted as shown later. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Adding Data To insert rows into a table, do the following: INSERT INTO ANTIQUES VALUES (21, 01, 'Ottoman', 200.00); This inserts the data into the table, as a new row, column-by-column, in the pre-defined order. Instead, let's change the order and leave Price blank: INSERT INTO ANTIQUES (BUYERID, SELLERID, ITEM) VALUES (01, 21, 'Ottoman'); ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deleting Data Let's delete this new row back out of the database: DELETE FROM ANTIQUES WHERE ITEM = 'Ottoman'; But if there is another row that contains 'Ottoman', that row will be deleted also. Let's delete all rows (one, in this case) that contain the specific data we added before: DELETE FROM ANTIQUES WHERE ITEM = 'Ottoman' AND BUYERID = 01 AND SELLERID = 21; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Updating Data Let's update a Price into a row that doesn't have a price listed yet: UPDATE ANTIQUES SET PRICE = 500.00 WHERE ITEM = 'Chair'; This sets all Chair's Prices to 500.00. As shown above, more WHERE conditionals, using AND, must be used to limit the updating to more specific rows. Also, additional columns may be set by separating equal statements with commas. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Miscellaneous Topics Indexes Indexes allow a DBMS to access data quicker (please note: this feature is nonstandard/not available on all systems). The system creates this internal data structure (the index) which causes selection of rows, when the selection is based on indexed columns, to occur faster. This index tells the DBMS where a certain row is in the table given an indexed-column value, much like a book index tells you what page a given word appears. Let's create an index for the OwnerID in the AntiqueOwners column: CREATE INDEX OID_IDX ON ANTIQUEOWNERS (OWNERID); Now on the names: CREATE INDEX NAME_IDX ON ANTIQUEOWNERS (OWNERLASTNAME, OWNERFIRSTNAME); To get rid of an index, drop it: DROP INDEX OID_IDX; By the way, you can also "drop" a table, as well (careful!--that means that your table is deleted). In the second example, the index is kept on the two columns, aggregated together--strange behavior might occur in this situation...check the manual before performing such an operation. Some DBMS's do not enforce primary keys; in other words, the uniqueness of a column is not enforced automatically. What that means is, if, for example, I tried to insert another row into the AntiqueOwners table with an OwnerID of 02, some systems will allow me to do that, even though, we do not, as that column is supposed to be unique to that table (every row value is supposed to be different). One way to get around that is to create a unique index on the column that we want to be a primary key, to force the system to enforce prohibition of duplicates: CREATE UNIQUE INDEX OID_IDX ON ANTIQUEOWNERS (OWNERID); ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- GROUP BY & HAVING One special use of GROUP BY is to associate an aggregate function (especially COUNT; counting the number of rows in each group) with groups of rows. First, assume that the Antiques table has the Price column, and each row has a value for that column. We want to see the price of the most expensive item bought by each owner. We have to tell SQL to group each owner's purchases, and tell us the maximum purchase price: SELECT BUYERID, MAX(PRICE) FROM ANTIQUES GROUP BY BUYERID; Now, say we only want to see the maximum purchase price if the purchase is over 1000, so we use the HAVING clause: SELECT BUYERID, MAX(PRICE) FROM ANTIQUES GROUP BY BUYERID HAVING PRICE > 1000; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- More Subqueries Another common usage of subqueries involves the use of operators to allow a Where condition to include the Select output of a subquery. First, list the buyers who purchased an expensive item (the Price of the item is 100 greater than the average price of all items purchased): SELECT OWNERID FROM ANTIQUES WHERE PRICE > (SELECT AVG(PRICE) + 100 FROM ANTIQUES); The subquery calculates the average Price, plus 100, and using that figure, an OwnerID is printed for every item costing over that figure. One could use DISTINCT OWNERID, to eliminate duplicates. List the Last Names of those in the AntiqueOwners table, ONLY if they have bought an item: SELECT OWNERLASTNAME FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS WHERE OWNERID = (SELECT DISTINCT BUYERID FROM ANTIQUES); The subquery returns a list of buyers, and the Last Name is printed for an Antique Owner if and only if the Owner's ID appears in the subquery list (sometimes called a candidate list). For an Update example, we know that the gentleman who bought the bookcase has the wrong First Name in the database...it should be John: UPDATE ANTIQUEOWNERS SET OWNERFIRSTNAME = 'John' WHERE OWNERID = (SELECT BUYERID FROM ANTIQUES WHERE ITEM = 'Bookcase'); First, the subquery finds the BuyerID for the person(s) who bought the Bookcase, then the outer query updates his First Name. Remember this rule about subqueries: when you have a subquery as part of a WHERE condition, the Select clause in the subquery must have columns that match in number and type to those in the Where clause of the outer query. In other words, if you have "WHERE ColumnName = (SELECT...);", the Select must have only one column in it, to match the ColumnName in the outer Where clause, and they must match in type (both being integers, both being character strings, etc.). ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXISTS & ALL EXISTS uses a subquery as a condition, where the condition is True if the subquery returns any rows, and False if the subquery does not return any rows; this is a nonintuitive feature with few unique uses. However, if a prospective customer wanted to see the list of Owners only if the shop dealt in Chairs, try: SELECT OWNERFIRSTNAME, OWNERLASTNAME FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS WHERE EXISTS (SELECT * FROM ANTIQUES WHERE ITEM = 'Chair'); If there are any Chairs in the Antiques column, the subquery would return a row or rows, making the EXISTS clause true, causing SQL to list the Antique Owners. If there had been no Chairs, no rows would have been returned by the outside query. ALL is another unusual feature, as ALL queries can usually be done with different, and possibly simpler methods; let's take a look at an example query: SELECT BUYERID, ITEM FROM ANTIQUES WHERE PRICE >= ALL (SELECT PRICE FROM ANTIQUES); This will return the largest priced item (or more than one item if there is a tie), and its buyer. The subquery returns a list of all Prices in the Antiques table, and the outer query goes through each row of the Antiques table, and if its Price is greater than or equal to every (or ALL) Prices in the list, it is listed, giving the highest priced Item. The reason ">=" must be used is that the highest priced item will be equal to the highest price on the list, because this Item is in the Price list. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNION & Outer Joins There are occasions where you might want to see the results of multiple queries together, combining their output; use UNION. To merge the output of the following two queries, displaying the ID's of all Buyers, plus all those who have an Order placed: SELECT BUYERID FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS UNION SELECT OWNERID FROM ORDERS; Notice that SQL requires that the Select list (of columns) must match, column-by-column, in data type. In this case BuyerID and OwnerID are of the same data type (integer). Also notice that SQL does automatic duplicate elimination when using UNION (as if they were two "sets"); in single queries, you have to use DISTINCT. The outer join is used when a join query is "united" with the rows not included in the join, and are especially useful if constant text "flags" are included. First, look at the query: SELECT OWNERID, 'is in both Orders & Antiques' FROM ORDERS, ANTIQUES WHERE OWNERID = BUYERID UNION SELECT BUYERID, 'is in Antiques only' FROM ANTIQUES WHERE BUYERID NOT IN (SELECT OWNERID FROM ORDERS); The first query does a join to list any owners who are in both tables, and putting a tag line after the ID repeating the quote. The UNION merges this list with the next list. The second list is generated by first listing those ID's not in the Orders table, thus generating a list of ID's excluded from the join query. Then, each row in the Antiques table is scanned, and if the BuyerID is not in this exclusion list, it is listed with its quoted tag. There might be an easier way to make this list, but it's difficult to generate the informational quoted strings of text. This concept is useful in situations where a primary key is related to a foreign key, but the foreign key value for some primary keys is NULL. For example, in one table, the primary key is a salesperson, and in another table is customers, with their salesperson listed in the same row. However, if a salesperson has no customers, that person's name won't appear in the customer table. The outer join is used if the listing of all sales person is to be printed, listed with their customers, whether the salesperson has a customer or not--that is, no customer is printed (a logical NULL value) if the salesperson has no customers, but is in the sales person table. Otherwise, the salesperson will be listed with each customer. ENOUGH QUERIES!!! you say?...now on to something completely different... ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Embedded SQL--an ugly example (do not write a program like this...for purposes of argument ONLY) /* -To get right to it, here is an example program that uses Embedded SQL. Embedded SQL allows programmers to connect to a database and include SQL code right in the program, so that their programs can use, manipulate, and process data from a database. -This example C Program (using Embedded SQL) will print a report. -This program will have to be precompiled for the SQL statements, before regular compilation. -The EXEC SQL parts are the same (standard), but the surrounding C code will need to be changed, including the host variable declarations, if you are using a different language. -Embedded SQL changes from system to system, so, once again, check local documentation, especially variable declarations and logging in procedures, in which network, DBMS, and operating system considerations are crucial. */ /************************************************/ /* THIS PROGRAM IS NOT COMPILABLE OR EXECUTABLE */ /* IT IS FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY */ /************************************************/ #include <stdio.h> /* This section declares the host variables; these will be the variables your program uses, but also the variable SQL will put values in or take values out. */ EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION; int BuyerID; char FirstName[100], LastName[100], Item[100]; EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION; /* This includes the SQLCA variable, so that some error checking can be done. */ EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLCA; main() ( /* This is a possible way to log into the database */ EXEC SQL CONNECT UserID/Password; /* This code either says that you are connected or checks if an error code was generated, meaning log in was incorrect or not possible. */ if(sqlca.sqlcode) ( printf(Printer, "Error connecting to database server.\n"); exit(); ) printf("Connected to database server.\n"); /* This declares a "Cursor". This is used when a query returns more than one row, and an operation is to be performed on each row resulting from the query. With each row established by this query, I'm going to use it in the report. Later, "Fetch" will be used to pick off each row, one at a time, but for the query to actually be executed, the "Open" statement is used. The "Declare" just establishes the query. */ EXEC SQL DECLARE ItemCursor CURSOR FOR SELECT ITEM, BUYERID FROM ANTIQUES ORDER BY ITEM; EXEC SQL OPEN ItemCursor; /* +-- You may wish to put a similar error checking block here --+ */ /* Fetch puts the values of the "next" row of the query in the host variables, respectively. However, a "priming fetch" (programming technique) must first be done. When the cursor is out of data, a sqlcode will be generated allowing us to leave the loop. Notice that, for simplicity's sake, the loop will leave on any sqlcode, even if it is an error code. Otherwise, specific code checking must be performed. */ EXEC SQL FETCH ItemCursor INTO :Item, :BuyerID; while(!sqlca.sqlcode) ( /* With each row, we will also do a couple of things. First, bump the price up by 5 (dealer's fee) and get the buyer's name to put in the report. To do this, I'll use an Update and a Select, before printing the line on the screen. The update assumes however, that a given buyer has only bought one of any given item, or else the price will be increased too many times. Otherwise, a "RowID" logic would have to be used (see documentation). Also notice the colon before host variable names when used inside of SQL statements. */ EXEC SQL UPDATE ANTIQUES SET PRICE = PRICE + 5 WHERE ITEM = :Item AND BUYERID = :BuyerID; EXEC SQL SELECT OWNERFIRSTNAME, OWNERLASTNAME INTO :FirstName, :LastName FROM ANTIQUEOWNERS WHERE BUYERID = :BuyerID; printf("%25s %25s %25s", FirstName, LastName, Item); /* Ugly report--for example purposes only! Get the next row. */ EXEC SQL FETCH ItemCursor INTO :Item, :BuyerID; ) /* Close the cursor, commit the changes (see below), and exit the program. */ EXEC SQL CLOSE DataCursor; EXEC SQL COMMIT RELEASE; exit(); ) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Common SQL Questions--Advanced Topics (see FAQ link for several more) 1. Why can't I just ask for the first three rows in a table? --Because in relational databases, rows are inserted in no particular order, that is, the system inserts them in an arbitrary order; so, you can only request rows using valid SQL features, like ORDER BY, etc. 2. What is this DDL and DML I hear about? --DDL (Data Definition Language) refers to (in SQL) the Create Table statement...DML (Data Manipulation Language) refers to the Select, Update, Insert, and Delete statements. 3. Aren't database tables just files? --Well, DBMS's store data in files declared by system managers before new tables are created (on large systems), but the system stores the data in a special format, and may spread data from one table over several files. In the database world, a set of files created for a database is called a tablespace. In general, on small systems, everything about a database (definitions and all table data) is kept in one file. 4. (Related question) Aren't database tables just like spreadsheets? --No, for two reasons. First, spreadsheets can have data in a cell, but a cell is more than just a row-column-intersection. Depending on your spreadsheet software, a cell might also contain formulas and formatting, which database tables cannot have (currently). Secondly, spreadsheet cells are often dependent on the data in other cells. In databases, "cells" are independent, except that columns are logically related (hopefully; together a row of columns describe an entity), and, other than primary key and foreign key constraints, each row in a table in independent from one another. 5. How do I import a text file of data into a database? --Well, you can't do it directly...you must use a utility, such as Oracle's SQL*Loader, or write a program to load the data into the database. A program to do this would simply go through each record of a text file, break it up into columns, and do an Insert into the database. 6. What is a schema? --A schema is a logical set of tables, such as the Antiques database above...usually, it is thought of as simply "the database", but a database can hold more than one schema. For example, a star schema is a set of tables where one large, central table holds all of the important information, and is linked, via foreign keys, to dimension tables which hold detail information, and can be used in a join to create detailed reports. 7. What are some general tips you would give to make my SQL queries and databases better and faster (optimized)? o You should try, if you can, to avoid expressions in Selects, such as SELECT ColumnA + ColumnB, etc. The query optimizer of the database, the portion of the DBMS that determines the best way to get the required data out of the database itself, handles expressions in such a way that would normally require more time to retrieve the data than if columns were normally selected, and the expression itself handled programmatically. o Minimize the number of columns included in a Group By clause. o If you are using a join, try to have the columns joined on (from both tables) indexed. o When in doubt, index. o Unless doing multiple counts or a complex query, use COUNT(*) (the number of rows generated by the query) rather than COUNT(Column_Name). 8. What is normalization? --Normalization is a technique of database design that suggests that certain criteria be used when constructing a table layout (deciding what columns each table will have, and creating the key structure), where the idea is to eliminate redundancy of non-key data across tables. Normalization is usually referred to in terms of forms, and I will introduce only the first three, even though it is somewhat common to use other, more advanced forms (fourth, fifth, Boyce-Codd; see documentation). First Normal Form refers to moving data into separate tables where the data in each table is of a similar type, and by giving each table a primary key. Putting data in Second Normal Form involves taking out data off to other tables that is only dependent of a part of the key. For example, if I had left the names of the Antique Owners in the items table, that would not be in second normal form because that data would be redundant; the name would be repeated for each item owned, so the names were placed in their own table. The names themselves don't have anything to do with the items, only the identities of the buyers and sellers. Third Normal Form involves getting rid of anything in the tables that doesn't depend solely on the primary key. Only include information that is dependent on the key, and move off data to other tables that are independent of the primary key, and create a primary keys for the new tables. There is some redundancy to each form, and if data is in 3NF (shorthand for 3rd normal form), it is already in 1NF and 2NF. In terms of data design then, arrange data so that any non-primary key columns are dependent only on the whole primary key. If you take a look at the sample database, you will see that the way then to navigate through the database is through joins using common key columns. Two other important points in database design are using good, consistent, logical, full-word names for the tables and columns, and the use of full words in the database itself. On the last point, my database is lacking, as I use numeric codes for identification. It is usually best, if possible, to come up with keys that are, by themselves, self-explanatory; for example, a better key would be the first four letters of the last name and first initial of the owner, like JONEB for Bill Jones (or for tiebreaking purposes, add numbers to the end to differentiate two or more people with similar names, so you could try JONEB1, JONEB2, etc.). 9. What is the difference between a single-row query and a multiple-row query and why is it important to know the difference? --First, to cover the obvious, a single-row query is a query that returns one row as its result, and a multiple-row query is a query that returns more than one row as its result. Whether a query returns one row or more than one row is entirely dependent on the design (or schema) of the tables of the database. As query-writer, you must be aware of the schema, be sure to include enough conditions, and structure your SQL statement properly, so that you will get the desired result (either one row or multiple rows). For example, if you wanted to be sure that a query of the AntiqueOwners table returned only one row, consider an equal condition of the primary key-column, OwnerID. Three reasons immediately come to mind as to why this is important. First, getting multiple rows when you were expecting only one, or vice-versa, may mean that the query is erroneous, that the database is incomplete, or simply, you learned something new about your data. Second, if you are using an update or delete statement, you had better be sure that the statement that you write performs the operation on the desired row (or rows)...or else, you might be deleting or updating more rows than you intend. Third, any queries written in Embedded SQL must be carefully thought out as to the number of rows returned. If you write a single-row query, only one SQL statement may need to be performed to complete the programming logic required. If your query, on the other hand, returns multiple rows, you will have to use the Fetch statement, and quite probably, some sort of looping structure in your program will be required to iterate processing on each returned row of the query. 10. What are relationships? --Another design question...the term "relationships" (often termed "relation") usually refers to the relationships among primary and foreign keys between tables. This concept is important because when the tables of a relational database are designed, these relationships must be defined because they determine which columns are or are not primary or foreign keys. You may have heard of an Entity-Relationship Diagram, which is a graphical view of tables in a database schema, with lines connecting related columns across tables. See the sample diagram at the end of this section or some of the sites below in regard to this topic, as there are many different ways of drawing E-R diagrams. But first, let's look at each kind of relationship... A One-to-one relationship means that you have a primary key column that is related to a foreign key column, and that for every primary key value, there is one foreign key value. For example, in the first example, the EmployeeAddressTable, we add an EmployeeIDNo column. Then, the EmployeeAddressTable is related to the EmployeeStatisticsTable (second example table) by means of that EmployeeIDNo. Specifically, each employee in the EmployeeAddressTable has statistics (one row of data) in the EmployeeStatisticsTable. Even though this is a contrived example, this is a "1-1" relationship. Also notice the "has" in bold...when expressing a relationship, it is important to describe the relationship with a verb. The other two kinds of relationships may or may not use logical primary key and foreign key constraints...it is strictly a call of the designer. The first of these is the one-to-many relationship ("1-M"). This means that for every column value in one table, there is one or more related values in another table. Key constraints may be added to the design, or possibly just the use of some sort of identifier column may be used to establish the relationship. An example would be that for every OwnerID in the AntiqueOwners table, there are one or more (zero is permissible too) Items bought in the Antiques table (verb: buy). Finally, the many-to-many relationship ("M-M") does not involve keys generally, and usually involves idenifying columns. The unusual occurence of a "M-M" means that one column in one table is related to another column in another table, and for every value of one of these two columns, there are one or more related values in the corresponding column in the other table (and vice-versa), or more a common possibility, two tables have a 1-M relationship to each other (two relationships, one 1-M going each way). A [bad] example of the more common situation would be if you had a job assignment database, where one table held one row for each employee and a job assignment, and another table held one row for each job with one of the assigned employees. Here, you would have multiple rows for each employee in the first table, one for each job assignment, and multiple rows for each job in the second table, one for each employee assigned to the project. These tables have a M-M: each employee in the first table has many job assignments from the second table, and each job has many employees assigned to it from the first table. This is the tip of the iceberg on this topic...see the links below for more information and see the diagram below for a simplified example of an E-R diagram. [Sample Simplified Entity-Relationship Diagram] 11. What are some important nonstandard SQL features (extremely common question)? --Well, see the next section... ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Nonstandard SQL..."check local listings" * INTERSECT and MINUS are like the UNION statement, except that INTERSECT produces rows that appear in both queries, and MINUS produces rows that result from the first query, but not the second. * Report Generation Features: the COMPUTE clause is placed at the end of a query to place the result of an aggregate function at the end of a listing, like COMPUTE SUM (PRICE); Another option is to use break logic: define a break to divide the query results into groups based on a column, like BREAK ON BUYERID. Then, to produce a result after the listing of a group, use COMPUTE SUM OF PRICE ON BUYERID. If, for example, you used all three of these clauses (BREAK first, COMPUTE on break second, COMPUTE overall sum third), you would get a report that grouped items by their BuyerID, listing the sum of Prices after each group of a BuyerID's items, then, after all groups are listed, the sum of all Prices is listed, all with SQL-generated headers and lines. * In addition to the above listed aggregate functions, some DBMS's allow more functions to be used in Select lists, except that these functions (some character functions allow multiple-row results) are to be used with an individual value (not groups), on single-row queries. The functions are to be used only on appropriate data types, also. Here are some Mathematical Functions: ABS(X) Absolute value-converts negative numbers to positive, or leaves positive numbers alone CEIL(X) X is a decimal value that will be rounded up. FLOOR(X) X is a decimal value that will be rounded down. GREATEST(X,Y)Returns the largest of the two values. LEAST(X,Y) Returns the smallest of the two values. MOD(X,Y) Returns the remainder of X / Y. POWER(X,Y) Returns X to the power of Y. ROUND(X,Y) Rounds X to Y decimal places. If Y is omitted, X is rounded to the nearest integer. SIGN(X) Returns a minus if X < 0, else a plus. SQRT(X) Returns the square root of X. Character Functions LEFT(<string>,X) Returns the leftmost X characters of the string. RIGHT(<string>,X) Returns the rightmost X characters of the string. UPPER(<string>) Converts the string to all uppercase letters. LOWER(<string>) Converts the string to all lowercase letters. INITCAP(<string>) Converts the string to initial caps. LENGTH(<string>) Returns the number of characters in the string. <string>||<string> Combines the two strings of text into one, concatenated string, where the first string is immediately followed by the second. LPAD(<string>,X,'*') Pads the string on the left with the * (or whatever character is inside the quotes), to make the string X characters long. RPAD(<string>,X,'*') Pads the string on the right with the * (or whatever character is inside the quotes), to make the string X characters long. SUBSTR(<string>,X,Y) Extracts Y letters from the string beginning at position X. NVL(<column>,<value>) The Null value function will substitute <value> for any NULLs for in the <column>. If the current value of <column> is not NULL, NVL has no effect. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Syntax Summary--For Advanced Users Only Here are the general forms of the statements discussed in this tutorial, plus some extra important ones (explanations given). REMEMBER that all of these statements may or may not be available on your system, so check documentation regarding availability: ALTER TABLE <TABLE NAME> ADD|DROP|MODIFY (COLUMN SPECIFICATION[S]...see Create Table); --allows you to add or delete a column or columns from a table, or change the specification (data type, etc.) on an existing column; this statement is also used to change the physical specifications of a table (how a table is stored, etc.), but these definitions are DBMS-specific, so read the documentation. Also, these physical specifications are used with the Create Table statement, when a table is first created. In addition, only one option can be performed per Alter Table statement--either add, drop, OR modify in a single statement. COMMIT; --makes changes made to some database systems permanent (since the last COMMIT; known as a transaction) CREATE [UNIQUE] INDEX <INDEX NAME> ON <TABLE NAME> (<COLUMN LIST>); --UNIQUE is optional; within brackets. CREATE TABLE <TABLE NAME> (<COLUMN NAME> <DATA TYPE> [(<SIZE>)] <COLUMN CONSTRAINT>, --where SIZE is only used on certain data types (see above), and constraints include the following possibilities (automatically enforced by the DBMS; failure causes an error to be generated): 1. NULL or NOT NULL (see above) 2. UNIQUE enforces that no two rows will have the same value for this column 3. PRIMARY KEY tells the database that this column is the primary key column (only used if the key is a one column key, otherwise a PRIMARY KEY (column, column, ...) statement appears after the last column definition. 4. CHECK allows a condition to be checked for when data in that column is updated or inserted; for example, CHECK (PRICE > 0) causes the system to check that the Price column is greater than zero before accepting the value...sometimes implemented as the CONSTRAINT statement. 5. DEFAULT inserts the default value into the database if a row is inserted without that column's data being inserted; for example, BENEFITS INTEGER DEFAULT = 10000 6. FOREIGN KEY works the same as Primary Key, but is followed by: REFERENCES <TABLE NAME> (<COLUMN NAME>), which refers to the referential primary key. CREATE VIEW <TABLE NAME> AS <QUERY>; DELETE FROM <TABLE NAME> WHERE <CONDITION>; INSERT INTO <TABLE NAME> [(<COLUMN LIST>)] VALUES (<VALUE LIST>); ROLLBACK; --Takes back any changes to the database that you have made, back to the last time you gave a Commit command...beware! Some software uses automatic committing on systems that use the transaction features, so the Rollback command may not work. SELECT [DISTINCT|ALL] <LIST OF COLUMNS, FUNCTIONS, CONSTANTS, ETC.> FROM <LIST OF TABLES OR VIEWS> [WHERE <CONDITION(S)>] [GROUP BY <GROUPING COLUMN(S)>] [HAVING <CONDITION>] [ORDER BY <ORDERING COLUMN(S)> [ASC|DESC]]; --where ASC|DESC allows the ordering to be done in ASCending or DESCending order UPDATE <TABLE NAME> SET <COLUMN NAME> = <VALUE> [WHERE <CONDITION>]; --if the Where clause is left out, all rows will be updated according to the Set statement ----------------------------------------------------------------------------